EPLUS INC (PLUS)
SIC breadcrumb: Wholesale Trade > SIC Major Group 50 > SIC 5045 Wholesale-Computers & Peripheral Equipment & Software
SEC company page: https://www.sec.gov/edgar/browse/?CIK=1022408. Latest filing source: 0001140361-26-023171.
Informational only - descriptive public-record data, not investment advice.
Business
Read PLUS's verbatim Item 1 Business section from its latest 10-K: Business.
Risk Factors
Read PLUS's verbatim Item 1A Risk Factors from its latest 10-K: Risk Factors.
Selected Fundamentals
| Metric | Value | Unit | FY | Filed |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| Revenue | 2,442,549,000 | USD | 2026 | 2026-05-28 |
| Net income | 132,636,000 | USD | 2026 | 2026-05-28 |
| Assets | 1,800,952,000 | USD | 2026 | 2026-05-28 |
Financials
Annual standardized facts from SEC companyfacts as of latest extracted filing date 2026-05-28. Source: https://data.sec.gov/api/xbrl/companyfacts/CIK0001022408.json. Derived margins, ratios, and free cash flow are computed from the extracted annual SEC facts.
| Metric | 2012 | 2013 | 2014 | 2015 | 2016 | 2017 | 2018 | 2019 | 2020 | 2021 | 2022 | 2023 | 2024 | 2025 | 2026 |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| Revenue | 1,331,778,000 | 1,418,802,000 | 1,372,673,000 | 1,588,404,000 | 1,568,323,000 | 1,821,019,000 | 2,067,718,000 | 2,178,249,000 | 2,000,168,000 | 2,442,549,000 | |||||
| Net income | 50,556,000 | 55,122,000 | 63,192,000 | 69,082,000 | 74,397,000 | 105,600,000 | 119,356,000 | 117,982,000 | 104,576,000 | 132,636,000 | |||||
| Operating income | 85,732,000 | 84,239,000 | 79,534,000 | 95,279,000 | 106,335,000 | 147,316,000 | 166,162,000 | 133,806,000 | 99,686,000 | 166,145,000 | |||||
| Gross profit | 299,759,000 | 323,482,000 | 330,388,000 | 391,191,000 | 393,554,000 | 460,982,000 | 517,524,000 | 511,742,000 | 512,120,000 | 616,081,000 | |||||
| Diluted EPS | 3.60 | 3.95 | 4.65 | 2.57 | 2.77 | 3.93 | 4.48 | 4.41 | 3.93 | 5.03 | |||||
| Operating cash flow | 33,016,000 | 82,766,000 | 39,411,000 | -74,174,000 | 129,507,000 | -20,571,000 | -15,425,000 | 248,449,000 | 302,145,000 | -116,231,000 | |||||
| Capital expenditures | 7,664,000 | 5,271,000 | 4,429,000 | ||||||||||||
| Dividends paid | 0.00 | 20,100,000 | 108,000 | 90,000 | 80,000 | 0.00 | 0.00 | 0.00 | 0.00 | 19,662,000 | |||||
| Share buybacks | 30,493,000 | 35,245,000 | 18,754,000 | 14,425,000 | 6,948,000 | 13,608,000 | 7,224,000 | 9,853,000 | 46,937,000 | 30,629,000 | |||||
| Assets | 741,720,000 | 755,471,000 | 786,198,000 | 909,113,000 | 1,076,775,000 | 1,166,203,000 | 1,414,826,000 | 1,653,469,000 | 1,879,089,000 | 1,800,952,000 | |||||
| Liabilities | 395,802,000 | 382,868,000 | 361,945,000 | 422,968,000 | 514,365,000 | 505,465,000 | 632,561,000 | 751,690,000 | 908,431,000 | 731,982,000 | |||||
| Stockholders' equity | 345,918,000 | 372,603,000 | 424,253,000 | 486,145,000 | 562,410,000 | 660,738,000 | 775,719,000 | 897,439,000 | 970,658,000 | 1,068,970,000 | |||||
| Cash and cash equivalents | 109,760,000 | 118,198,000 | 79,816,000 | 86,231,000 | 129,562,000 | 155,378,000 | 103,093,000 | 253,021,000 | 389,375,000 | 410,769,000 | |||||
| Free cash flow | 240,785,000 | 296,874,000 | -120,660,000 |
Ratios
| Metric | 2012 | 2013 | 2014 | 2015 | 2016 | 2017 | 2018 | 2019 | 2020 | 2021 | 2022 | 2023 | 2024 | 2025 | 2026 |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| Net margin | 3.80% | 3.89% | 4.60% | 4.35% | 4.74% | 5.80% | 5.77% | 5.42% | 5.23% | 5.43% | |||||
| Operating margin | 6.44% | 5.94% | 5.79% | 6.00% | 6.78% | 8.09% | 8.04% | 6.14% | 4.98% | 6.80% | |||||
| Return on equity | 14.62% | 14.79% | 14.89% | 14.21% | 13.23% | 15.98% | 15.39% | 13.15% | 10.77% | 12.41% | |||||
| Return on assets | 6.82% | 7.30% | 8.04% | 7.60% | 6.91% | 9.06% | 8.44% | 7.14% | 5.57% | 7.36% | |||||
| Liabilities / equity | 1.14 | 1.03 | 0.85 | 0.87 | 0.91 | 0.77 | 0.82 | 0.84 | 0.94 | 0.68 | |||||
| Current ratio | 1.59 | 1.61 | 1.70 | 1.68 | 1.69 | 1.95 | 1.95 | 1.94 | 1.70 | 2.24 |
Industry Peer Context
Net margin peer context
Operating margin peer context
ROE peer context
ROA peer context
Financial Bridges
Income statement bridge from reported figures
Figure provenance: SEC companyfacts FY 2026. Revenue: accession 0001140361-26-023171; concept Revenues; source concepts us-gaap:Revenues | Gross profit: accession 0001140361-26-023171; concept GrossProfit; source concepts us-gaap:GrossProfit | Operating income: accession 0001140361-26-023171; concept OperatingIncomeLoss; source concepts us-gaap:OperatingIncomeLoss | Net income: accession 0001140361-26-023171; concept NetIncomeLoss; source concepts us-gaap:NetIncomeLoss
Free cash flow = operating cash flow - capital expenditures
Figure provenance: SEC companyfacts FY 2026. Operating cash flow: accession 0001140361-26-023171; concept NetCashProvidedByUsedInOperatingActivities; source concepts us-gaap:NetCashProvidedByUsedInOperatingActivities | Capital expenditures: accession 0001140361-26-023171; concept PaymentsToAcquirePropertyPlantAndEquipment; source concepts us-gaap:PaymentsToAcquirePropertyPlantAndEquipment | Free cash flow: accession 0001140361-26-023171; concept NetCashProvidedByUsedInOperatingActivities - PaymentsToAcquirePropertyPlantAndEquipment; source concepts us-gaap:NetCashProvidedByUsedInOperatingActivities; us-gaap:PaymentsToAcquirePropertyPlantAndEquipment
Financial Charts
Figure provenance: SEC companyfacts. Latest point: FY 2026 ended 2026-03-31; accession 0001140361-26-023171; filed 2026-05-28. Concept: Revenues. Source concepts: us-gaap:Revenues.
Figure provenance: SEC companyfacts. Latest point: FY 2026 ended 2026-03-31; accession 0001140361-26-023171; filed 2026-05-28. Concept: NetIncomeLoss. Source concepts: us-gaap:NetIncomeLoss.
Figure provenance: SEC companyfacts. Latest point: FY 2026 ended 2026-03-31; accession 0001140361-26-023171; filed 2026-05-28. Concept: OperatingIncomeLoss. Source concepts: us-gaap:OperatingIncomeLoss.
Figure provenance: SEC companyfacts. Latest point: FY 2026 ended 2026-03-31; accession 0001140361-26-023171; filed 2026-05-28. Concept: GrossProfit. Source concepts: us-gaap:GrossProfit.
Figure provenance: SEC companyfacts. Latest point: FY 2026 ended 2026-03-31; accession 0001140361-26-023171; filed 2026-05-28. Concept: EarningsPerShareDiluted. Source concepts: us-gaap:EarningsPerShareDiluted.
Figure provenance: SEC companyfacts. Latest point: FY 2026 ended 2026-03-31; accession 0001140361-26-023171; filed 2026-05-28. Concept: NetCashProvidedByUsedInOperatingActivities. Source concepts: us-gaap:NetCashProvidedByUsedInOperatingActivities.
Figure provenance: SEC companyfacts. Latest point: FY 2026 ended 2026-03-31; accession 0001140361-26-023171; filed 2026-05-28. Concept: PaymentsToAcquirePropertyPlantAndEquipment. Source concepts: us-gaap:PaymentsToAcquirePropertyPlantAndEquipment.
Figure provenance: SEC companyfacts. Latest point: FY 2026 ended 2026-03-31; accession 0001140361-26-023171; filed 2026-05-28. Concept: PaymentsOfDividends. Source concepts: us-gaap:PaymentsOfDividends.
Figure provenance: SEC companyfacts. Latest point: FY 2026 ended 2026-03-31; accession 0001140361-26-023171; filed 2026-05-28. Concept: PaymentsForRepurchaseOfCommonStock. Source concepts: us-gaap:PaymentsForRepurchaseOfCommonStock.
Figure provenance: SEC companyfacts. Latest point: FY 2026 ended 2026-03-31; accession 0001140361-26-023171; filed 2026-05-28. Concept: Assets. Source concepts: us-gaap:Assets.
Figure provenance: SEC companyfacts. Latest point: FY 2026 ended 2026-03-31; accession 0001140361-26-023171; filed 2026-05-28. Concept: Liabilities. Source concepts: us-gaap:Liabilities.
Figure provenance: SEC companyfacts. Latest point: FY 2026 ended 2026-03-31; accession 0001140361-26-023171; filed 2026-05-28. Concept: StockholdersEquity. Source concepts: us-gaap:StockholdersEquity.
Figure provenance: SEC companyfacts. Latest point: FY 2026 ended 2026-03-31; accession 0001140361-26-023171; filed 2026-05-28. Concept: CashAndCashEquivalentsAtCarryingValue. Source concepts: us-gaap:CashAndCashEquivalentsAtCarryingValue.
Figure provenance: SEC companyfacts. Latest point: FY 2026 ended 2026-03-31; accession 0001140361-26-023171; filed 2026-05-28. Concept: NetCashProvidedByUsedInOperatingActivities - PaymentsToAcquirePropertyPlantAndEquipment. Source concepts: us-gaap:NetCashProvidedByUsedInOperatingActivities; us-gaap:PaymentsToAcquirePropertyPlantAndEquipment.
Quarterly
Quarterly standardized facts from SEC companyfacts as of latest extracted filing date 2026-05-28. Source: https://data.sec.gov/api/xbrl/companyfacts/CIK0001022408.json.
| Quarter | End Date | Revenue | Net Income | Diluted EPS | Method |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 2023-Q1 | 2022-06-30 | 0.84 | reported discrete quarter | ||
| 2023-Q2 | 2022-09-30 | 1.07 | reported discrete quarter | ||
| 2023-Q3 | 2022-12-31 | 1.34 | reported discrete quarter | ||
| 2024-Q1 | 2023-06-30 | 574,175,000 | 33,847,000 | 1.27 | reported discrete quarter |
| 2024-Q2 | 2023-06-30 | 33,847,000 | reported discrete quarter | ||
| 2024-Q2 | 2023-09-30 | 587,611,000 | 1.22 | reported discrete quarter | |
| 2024-Q3 | 2023-09-30 | 32,664,000 | reported discrete quarter | ||
| 2024-Q3 | 2023-12-31 | 509,055,000 | 1.02 | reported discrete quarter | |
| 2024-Q4 | 2024-03-31 | 554,461,000 | 21,983,000 | derived Q4 = FY annual - nine-month YTD | |
| 2025-Q1 | 2024-06-30 | 544,538,000 | 27,339,000 | 1.02 | reported discrete quarter |
| 2025-Q2 | 2024-06-30 | 27,339,000 | reported discrete quarter | ||
| 2025-Q2 | 2024-09-30 | 515,172,000 | 1.17 | reported discrete quarter | |
| 2025-Q3 | 2024-09-30 | 31,310,000 | reported discrete quarter | ||
| 2025-Q3 | 2024-12-31 | 510,965,000 | 0.91 | reported discrete quarter | |
| 2025-Q4 | 2025-03-31 | 498,114,000 | 25,196,000 | derived Q4 = FY annual - nine-month YTD | |
| 2026-Q1 | 2025-06-30 | 637,315,000 | 37,697,000 | 1.43 | reported discrete quarter |
| 2026-Q2 | 2025-06-30 | 37,697,000 | reported discrete quarter | ||
| 2026-Q2 | 2025-09-30 | 608,826,000 | 1.32 | reported discrete quarter | |
| 2026-Q3 | 2025-09-30 | 34,855,000 | reported discrete quarter | ||
| 2026-Q3 | 2025-12-31 | 614,774,000 | 1.33 | reported discrete quarter | |
| 2026-Q4 | 2026-03-31 | 581,634,000 | 25,032,000 | derived Q4 = FY annual - nine-month YTD |
Quarterly Charts
Figure provenance: SEC companyfacts. Latest point: FY 2026 ended 2026-03-31; accession 0001140361-26-023171; filed 2026-05-28. Concept: Revenues. Source concepts: us-gaap:Revenues.
Figure provenance: SEC companyfacts. Latest point: FY 2026 ended 2026-03-31; accession 0001140361-26-023171; filed 2026-05-28. Concept: NetIncomeLoss. Source concepts: us-gaap:NetIncomeLoss.
Figure provenance: SEC companyfacts. Latest point: FY 2026 ended 2025-12-31; accession 0001140361-26-003725; filed 2026-02-04. Concept: EarningsPerShareDiluted. Source concepts: us-gaap:EarningsPerShareDiluted.
Macro Cross-References
- CPIAUCSL - Consumer Price Index for All Urban Consumers: All Items in U.S. City Average
- UNRATE - Unemployment Rate
- FEDFUNDS - Federal Funds Effective Rate
- CES0500000003 - Average Hourly Earnings of All Employees, Total Private
- DFEDTARU - Federal Funds Target Range - Upper Limit
- DFEDTARL - Federal Funds Target Range - Lower Limit
- DGS3MO - Market Yield on U.S. Treasury Securities at 3-Month Constant Maturity
- DGS2 - Market Yield on U.S. Treasury Securities at 2-Year Constant Maturity
- DGS10 - Market Yield on U.S. Treasury Securities at 10-Year Constant Maturity
- DGS30 - Market Yield on U.S. Treasury Securities at 30-Year Constant Maturity
- T10Y2Y - 10-Year Treasury Constant Maturity Minus 2-Year Treasury Constant Maturity
- CPILFESL - Consumer Price Index for All Urban Consumers: All Items Less Food and Energy
- CPIUFDSL - Consumer Price Index for All Urban Consumers: Food
- CPIENGSL - Consumer Price Index for All Urban Consumers: Energy
- CUSR0000SAH1 - Consumer Price Index for All Urban Consumers: Shelter
- PCEPI - Personal Consumption Expenditures: Chain-type Price Index
- PCEPILFE - Personal Consumption Expenditures Excluding Food and Energy: Chain-type Price Index
- PPIACO - Producer Price Index by Commodity: All Commodities
- T10YIE - 10-Year Breakeven Inflation Rate
- U6RATE - Total Unemployed, Plus All Marginally Attached Workers Plus Total Employed Part Time for Economic Reasons
- PAYEMS - All Employees, Total Nonfarm
- CIVPART - Labor Force Participation Rate
- EMRATIO - Employment-Population Ratio
- UNEMPLOY - Unemployed
- CE16OV - Employment Level
- ICSA - Initial Claims
- JTSJOL - Job Openings: Total Nonfarm
- JTSQUR - Quits: Total Nonfarm
- GDPC1 - Real Gross Domestic Product
- A191RL1Q225SBEA - Real Gross Domestic Product: Percent Change from Preceding Period
- INDPRO - Industrial Production: Total Index
- TCU - Capacity Utilization: Total Index
- HOUST - New Privately-Owned Housing Units Started: Total Units
- PERMIT - New Privately-Owned Housing Units Authorized in Permit-Issuing Places: Total Units
- RSAFS - Advance Retail Sales: Retail Trade
- PCE - Personal Consumption Expenditures
- DSPIC96 - Real Disposable Personal Income
- PSAVERT - Personal Saving Rate
- M2SL - M2
- BOPGSTB - U.S. International Trade in Goods and Services: Balance
- MSPUS - Median Sales Price of Houses Sold for the United States
- HSN1F - New One Family Houses Sold: United States
- RHORUSQ156N - Homeownership Rate in the United States
- TTLCONS - Total Construction Spending: Total Construction in the United States
- RRVRUSQ156N - Rental Vacancy Rate in the United States
- TOTALSL - Total Consumer Credit Owned and Securitized
- REVOLSL - Revolving Consumer Credit Owned and Securitized
- DRCCLACBS - Delinquency Rate on Credit Card Loans, All Commercial Banks
- GDP - Gross Domestic Product
- GPDI - Gross Private Domestic Investment
- GCE - Government Consumption Expenditures and Gross Investment
- PCEC - Personal Consumption Expenditures
- NETEXP - Net Exports of Goods and Services
- GFDEBTN - Federal Debt: Total Public Debt
- GFDEGDQ188S - Federal Debt: Total Public Debt as Percent of Gross Domestic Product
- FYFSD - Federal Surplus or Deficit
- FGRECPT - Federal Government Current Receipts
- FGEXPND - Federal Government: Current Expenditures
- MANEMP - All Employees, Manufacturing
- USCONS - All Employees, Construction
- USTRADE - All Employees, Retail Trade
- USFIRE - All Employees, Financial Activities
- USGOVT - All Employees, Government
- AWHAETP - Average Weekly Hours of All Employees, Total Private
- DGORDER - Manufacturers' New Orders: Durable Goods
- NEWORDER - Manufacturers' New Orders: Nondefense Capital Goods Excluding Aircraft
- BUSINV - Total Business Inventories
- EXPGS - Exports of Goods and Services
- IMPGS - Imports of Goods and Services
- IR - Import Price Index (End Use): All Commodities
- PPIFIS - Producer Price Index by Commodity: Final Demand
Latest quarter (10-Q)
Latest 10-Q source: 0001140361-26-003725.
Item 2.
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
The below is intended to provide context to our consolidated financial condition and results of continuing operations. It should be read in conjunction with the unaudited consolidated financial statements included in this Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q, the audited consolidated financial statements included in our annual report on Form 10-K for the year ended March 31, 2025 (“2025 Annual Report”), and our current report on Form 8-K that we filed with the SEC on January 26, 2026, which recasts prior period financial information and related disclosures in certain portions of our 2025 Annual Report to present the operations of the domestic financing business as discontinued operations separately from our continuing operations. These historical financial statements may not be indicative of our future performance. This Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations may contain forward-looking statements, all of which are based on our current expectations and could be affected by the uncertainties and risks described in Part I, Item 1A, “Risk Factors,” in our 2025 Annual Report, as well as those described in Part II, Item 1A. “Risk Factors” of our subsequent Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q and in our other filings with the SEC.
EXECUTIVE OVERVIEW
BUSINESS DESCRIPTION
We are a leading solutions provider in the areas of security, cloud, networking, collaboration, artificial intelligence (“AI”), and emerging technologies. AI continues to be a transformative force and demand driver particularly for our core products: Compute, Cloud, security, networking and our consultative services. Across industries, customers are using AI to enhance decision making, automate tasks, and drive both growth and efficiency. Through assessments, bespoke workshops and labs and consulting engagements, we deliver actionable outcomes for organizations by using information technology (“IT”) and consulting solutions to enhance decision making, automate tasks and drive business agility and innovation. Leveraging our engineering talent, we assess, plan, deliver, and secure solutions comprised of leading technologies and consumption models aligned with our customers’ needs. Our expertise and experience enable us to craft optimized solutions that take advantage of the cost, scale, and efficiency of private, public and hybrid cloud services in an evolving market.
As part of our solutions, we provide consulting, professional services, managed services, IT staff augmentation, and complete lifecycle management services in the areas of security, cloud, networking, collaboration, and emerging technologies. Further, we offer professional services in the spaces of digital signage, electric vehicle (“EV”) charging solutions, loss prevention and security, store openings, remodels, and store closings.
We deliver integrated solutions that address our customers’ business needs, leveraging the appropriate technologies, both on-premises and in the cloud. Our approach is to lead with advisory consulting to understand our customers’ needs, and then design, deploy, and manage solutions aligned to their objectives. Underpinning the broader areas of cloud, security, networking, and collaboration are specific skills in orchestration and automation, application modernization, DevSecOps, zero-trust architectures, data management, data visualization, analytics, network modernization, edge computing and other advanced and emerging technologies. These solutions are comprised of class-leading technologies from our commercial partners.
We are a reseller for thousands of manufacturers, which enables us to provide our customers with new and evolving IT solutions. We possess top-level IT engineering certifications with a broad range of leading IT vendors that enable us to offer IT solutions that are optimized for each of our customers’ specific requirements.
We serve primarily middle market to large enterprises across diverse markets including telecom, media and entertainment, technology, state and local government and educational institutions (“SLED”), healthcare, and financial services. We sell to customers in the United States (“US”), which account for most of our sales, and to customers in select international markets including the United Kingdom (“UK”), the European Union (“EU”), India, and Singapore.
24
Table of Contents
On June 30, 2025, we completed the sale of 100% of the membership interests of Expo Holdings, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company and our wholly-owned subsidiary (“HoldCo”), to Marlin Leasing Corporation, a Delaware corporation (d/b/a PEAC Solutions) pursuant to the terms of the Membership Interest Purchase Agreement, dated June 20, 2025 (the “Sale Transaction”). By selling HoldCo, together with its U.S. subsidiaries, we sold our domestic financing business that comprised most of our financing business segment, which is a business that finances information technology equipment, software and related services for customers. We continue to own the international entities in the financing business. This divestiture positions us to focus on being a technology solutions provider and represents a strategic shift in our operations. As a result of the Sale Transaction, we determined that the domestic financing business that was sold met the definition of discontinued operations. Consequently, for all periods presented in these financial statements, we are retrospectively presenting the results of our domestic financing business as discontinued operations. In our unaudited consolidated balance sheets for all periods, we present the assets and liabilities of our domestic financing business as assets and liabilities of discontinued operations. In our unaudited consolidated statements of operations for all periods, we present the operating results of our domestic financing business in earnings from discontinued operations. After the sale, our remaining three reportable segments are product, professional services, and managed services, which we formerly referred to collectively as our technology business. Refer to Note 4, “Discontinued Operations” in the notes to the accompanying unaudited consolidated financial statements for further information.
BUSINESS TRENDS
We believe the following key factors may impact our business performance and our ability to achieve business results:
●
General economic conditions including changes in law and policy by the US government, inflation, tariffs, export requirements, sanctions, changing interest rates, staffing shortages, remote work trends, geopolitical concerns and changes in US government spending and contracting practices may impact our customers’ willingness to spend on technology and services.
●
There is a worldwide shortage of memory chips due to the demand for
AI-ready products, which is also causing rapid price increases across many IT
products. Like others, we may experience ongoing supply constraints for memory
chips that may affect lead times for delivery of products, our having to carry
more inventory for longer periods, our and the customer’s costs of products,
vendor return and cancellation policies, and our ability to meet customer
demands. We continue to work closely with our suppliers and manufacturers to
mitigate disruptions outside our control. Despite these actions, we believe
extended lead times and price increases will likely persist for at least the
next few quarters.
●
Our customers’ top focus areas include AI, security, cloud solutions, as well as digital transformation and modernization. We have developed advisory services, assessments, solutions, and professional and managed services to meet these priorities and help our customers attain and maintain their desired outcomes.
●
Modernizing legacy applications, data modernization, reducing operational complexity, securing workloads, the cost and performance of IT operations, and agility are changing the way companies are purchasing and consuming technology. These are fueling deployments of solutions on cloud, managed services and hybrid platforms and licensing models, which may include invoicing over the term of the engagement and may result in additional revenue recognized on a net basis.
●
Rapid cloud adoption has led to customer challenges around increasing costs, security concerns, and skillset gaps. These challenges are consistent across all industries and business sizes. We have developed a Cloud Managed Services portfolio to address these needs, allowing our clients to focus on driving business outcomes via optimized and secure cloud platforms.
KEY BUSINESS METRICS
Our management monitors several financial and non-financial measures and ratios on a regular basis to track the progress of our business. We believe that the most important of these measures and ratios include net sales, gross profit and margin, operating income margin, net earnings, and net earnings per common share, in each case based on information prepared in accordance with United States Generally Accepted Accounting Principles (“US GAAP”), as well as the non-GAAP financial measures and ratios, including Adjusted EBITDA, Adjusted EBITDA margin, Non-GAAP: Net earnings from continuing operations and Non-GAAP: Net earnings from continuing operations per common share - diluted.
25
Table of Contents
We also use a variety of operating and other information to evaluate the operating performance of our business, develop financial forecasts, make strategic decisions, and prepare and approve annual budgets. We use gross billings as an operational metric to assess the volume of transactions or market share for our product, professional services, and managed services segments as well as to understand changes in our accounts receivable and accounts payable balances and our statement of cash flows. We believe our gross billings metric will aid investors in the same manner to evaluate our business.
These key indicators include financial information that is prepared in accordance with US GAAP and presented in our consolidated financial statements, as well as non-GAAP and operational performance measurement tools. Generally, a non-GAAP financial measure is a numerical measure of a company’s performance or financial position that either excludes or includes amounts that are correspondingly not normally excluded or included in the most directly comparable measure calculated and presented in accordance with US GAAP. Our use of non-GAAP information as analytical tools has limitations and should not be considered in isolation or as substitutes for analysis of our financial results reported under GAAP, as these measures used by management may differ from similar measures used by other companies, even when similar terms are used to identify such measures.
We use Adjusted EBITDA, Adjusted EBITDA margin, Non-GAAP: net earnings from continuing operations and Non-GAAP: net earnings from continuing operations per common share - diluted as supplemental measures of our performance to gain insight into our operating performance and performance trends. We believe that these measures provide management and investors with a useful measure for period-to-period comparisons of our business and operating results by excluding items that management believes are not reflective of our underlying operating performance. Accordingly, we believe that such non-GAAP financial measures provide useful information to investors and others in understanding and evaluating our operating results. Please see footnotes (1) and (2) of the below tables for more information.
The following tables provide our key business metrics for our consolidated entity (in thousands, except per share amounts):
[[GREPCENT_TABLE]]
[["","","","Three months ended December 31,","","","","Nine months ended December 31,"],["","","","2025","","","","2024","","",
[Excerpt truncated for page length; source filing is linked above.]
Latest 10-K MD&A
ITEM 7.
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
The following discussion and analysis of the financial condition and results of operations (the “financial review”) of ePlus is intended to help investors understand our company and our operations. The financial review is provided as a supplement to, and should be read in conjunction with, the Consolidated Financial Statements and the related notes included elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. Unless specifically stated, all discussions below reflect continuing operations for all periods presented.
We have revised our results to reflect the correction
of certain misstatements in previously issued financial statements for fiscal
years ended March 31, 2024 and March 31, 2025, which we determined are not
material either individually or in aggregate. Please refer to Note 2, “Revision of Previously Issued Consolidated
Financial Statements” in the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
included in Part II, Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
Business Description
We are a leading information technology (“IT”) solutions provider in the areas of artificial intelligence (“AI”), cloud, data center, security, networking and collaboration. Leveraging our engineering talent, we assess, plan, deliver, and secure solutions comprised of leading technologies aligned with our customers’ needs. Our expertise and experience enable us to craft optimized solutions for our customers that take advantage of the cost, scale, and efficiency of private, public and hybrid cloud services in an evolving IT market.
We deliver integrated solutions that address our customers’ IT business needs, leveraging the appropriate technologies, both on-premises and in the cloud. Our approach is to lead with advisory consulting, to understand our customers’ needs, and then design, deploy, and manage IT solutions aligned to their objectives. We are skilled in orchestration and automation, application modernization, DevSecOps, zero-trust architectures, data management, data visualization, analytics, network modernization including high-end optical networking, edge computing and other advanced and IT emerging technologies. These solutions are comprised of class-leading technologies from our commercial partners.
AI continues to be a transformative force and a demand driver, particularly for our core products. Across industries, our customers are using AI to enhance their decision making, automate tasks, and drive both growth and efficiency. Through assessments, bespoke workshops and labs and consulting engagements, we deliver actionable outcomes for our customer organizations by using IT and consulting solutions to enhance their decision making, automate tasks and drive business agility and innovation.
As part of our solutions, we provide consulting, professional services, managed services, IT staff augmentation, and complete lifecycle management services in the areas of security, cloud, networking, collaboration, and emerging technologies. Further, we offer professional services to our customers in the spaces of digital signage, electric vehicle (“EV”) charging solutions, loss prevention and security, retail store openings, remodels, and closings.
We are a reseller for thousands of vendors, which enables us to provide our customers with new and evolving IT solutions. We possess top-level IT engineering certifications with a broad range of leading IT vendors that enable us to offer IT solutions that are optimized for each of our customers’ specific requirements.
We serve primarily middle market to large enterprises across diverse markets including telecom, media and entertainment, technology, state and local government and educational institutions (“SLED”), healthcare, and financial services. We sell to customers in the United States (“US”), which account for most of our sales, and to customers in select international markets including the United Kingdom (“UK”), the European Union (“EU”), India, and Singapore.
25
Table of Contents
On June 30, 2025, we completed the sale of 100% of the membership interests of Expo Holdings, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company and our wholly-owned subsidiary (“HoldCo”), to Marlin Leasing Corporation, a Delaware corporation (d/b/a PEAC Solutions) pursuant to the terms of the Membership Interest Purchase Agreement, dated June 20, 2025 (the “Sale Transaction”). By selling HoldCo, together with its U.S. subsidiaries, we sold our domestic financing business that comprised most of our financing business segment, which is a business that finances information technology equipment, software and related services for customers. We continue to own the international entities in the financing business. This divestiture positions us to focus on being a technology solutions provider and represents a strategic shift in our operations. As a result of the Sale Transaction, we determined that the domestic financing business that was sold met the definition of discontinued operations. Consequently, for all periods presented in these financial statements, we are retrospectively presenting the results of our domestic financing business as discontinued operations. In our audited consolidated balance sheets for all periods, we present the assets and liabilities of our domestic financing business as assets and liabilities of discontinued operations. In our audited consolidated statements of operations for all periods, we present the operating results of our domestic financing business in earnings from discontinued operations. After the Sale Transaction, our remaining three reportable segments are product, professional services, and managed services, which we formerly referred to collectively as our technology business. Please refer to Note 5, “Discontinued Operations” in the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements included in Part II, Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K for additional information.
Business Trends
We believe the following key factors may impact our business performance and our ability to achieve business results:
●
General economic conditions including changes in law and policy by the US government, inflation, tariffs, export requirements, sanctions, changing interest rates, staffing shortages, remote work trends, geopolitical concerns and changes in US government spending and contracting practices may impact our customers’ willingness to spend on IT and services.
●
There is a worldwide shortage of memory chips due to the demand for AI-ready products, which is also causing rapid price increases across many IT products. Like others, we may experience ongoing supply constraints for memory chips that may affect lead times for delivery of products, our having to carry more inventory for longer periods, costs of products for us and our customers, vendor return and cancellation policies, and our ability to meet customer demands. We continue to work closely with our vendors to mitigate disruptions outside our control. Despite these actions, we believe extended lead times and price increases will likely persist for at least the next few quarters.
●
Our customers’ top focus areas include AI, security, cloud solutions, as well as digital transformation and modernization. We have developed advisory services, assessments, solutions, and professional and managed services to meet these priorities and help our customers attain and maintain their desired outcomes.
●
Modernizing legacy applications, data modernization, reducing operational complexity, securing workloads, the cost and performance of IT operations, and agility are changing the way companies are purchasing and consuming technology. These are fueling deployments of solutions on cloud, managed services and hybrid platforms and licensing models, which may include invoicing over the term of the engagement and may result in additional revenue recognized on a net basis.
●
Rapid cloud adoption has led to customer challenges around increasing costs, security concerns, and skillset gaps. These challenges are consistent across all industries and business sizes. We have developed a Cloud Managed Services portfolio to address these needs, allowing our clients to focus on driving business outcomes via optimized and secure cloud platforms.
●
The IT industry continues to shift from upfront, product-based purchasing toward subscription and consumption-based (“ratable”) models, driven by increased adoption of cloud computing, software-as-a-service (“SaaS”), and as-a-service infrastructure offerings. This transition is changing customer buying behavior, elongating revenue recognition periods and increasing revenues recognized on a net basis, and increasing the importance of recurring revenue streams, while also placing greater emphasis on lifecycle management, financing capabilities, and vendor-aligned service delivery.
26
Table of Contents
Key Business Metrics
Our management monitors several financial and non-financial measures and ratios on a regular basis to track the progress of our business. We believe that the most important of these measures and ratios include net sales, gross profit, gross margin, operating income, net earnings, and net earnings per common share, in each case based on information prepared in accordance with United States Generally Accepted Accounting Principles (“US GAAP”), as well as the non-GAAP financial measures and ratios, including Adjusted EBITDA, Adjusted EBITDA margin, Non-GAAP: Net earnings from continuing operations and Non-GAAP: Net earnings from continuing operations per common share - diluted.
We also use a variety of operating and other information to evaluate the operating performance of our business, develop financial forecasts, make strategic decisions, and prepare and approve our annual budgets. We use gross billings as an operational metric to assess the volume of transactions or market share for our product, professional services, and managed services segments, as well as to understand changes in our accounts receivable and accounts payable balances and our statement of cash flows. We believe our gross billings metric will aid investors in the same manner to evaluate our business.
These key indicators include financial information that is prepared in accordance with US GAAP and presented in our consolidated financial statements, as well as non-GAAP and operational performance measurement tools. Generally, a non-GAAP financial measure is a numerical measure of a company’s performance or financial position that either excludes or includes amounts that are correspondingly not normally excluded or included in the most directly comparable measure calculated and presented in accordance with US GAAP. Our use of non-GAAP information as an analytical tool has limitations and should not be considered in isolation or as a substitute for analysis of our financial results reported under GAAP, as these measures used by management may differ from similar measures used by other companies, even when similar terms are used to identify such measures.
We use Adjusted EBITDA, Adjusted EBITDA margin, Non-GAAP: net earnings from continuing operations and Non-GAAP: net earnings from continuing operations per common share - diluted as supplemental measures of our performance to gain insight into our operating performance and performance trends. We believe that these measures provide management and investors with a useful measure for period-to-period comparisons of our business and operating results by excluding items that management believes are not reflective of our underlying operating performance. Accordingly, we believe that such non-GAAP financial measures provide useful information to investors and others in understanding and evaluating our operating results. Please see footnotes (1) and (2) of the tables below for more information.
27
Table of Contents
The following tables provide our key business metrics for our consolidated entity (in thousands, except per share amounts):
| Year ended March 31, | ||||||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 2026 | 2025 | 2024 | ||||||||||
| Financial metrics | ||||||||||||
| Net sales | $ | 2,442,549 | $ | 2,000,168 | $ | 2,178,249 | ||||||
| Gross profit | $ | 616,081 | $ | 512,120 | $ | 511,742 | ||||||
| Gross margin | 25.2 | % | 25.6 | % | 23.5 | % | ||||||
| Selling, general, and administrative | $ | 423,393 | $ | 386,681 | $ | 355,556 | ||||||
| Depreciation and amortization | 26,543 | 25,753 | 20,951 | |||||||||
| Interest and financing costs | - | - | 1,429 | |||||||||
| Operating expenses | $ | 449,936 | $ | 412,434 | $ | 377,936 | ||||||
| Operating income | $ | 166,145 | $ | 99,686 | $ | 133,806 | ||||||
| Operating income margin | 6.8 | % | 5.0 | % | 6.1 | % | ||||||
| Net earnings from continuing operations | $ | 124,120 | $ | 76,439 | $ | 97,327 | ||||||
| Net earnings from continuing operations margin | 5.1 | % | 3.8 | % | 4.5 | % | ||||||
| Net earnings from continuing operations per common share - diluted | $ | 4.71 | $ | 2.87 | $ | 3.64 | ||||||
| Net earnings from discontinued operations, net of tax | $ | 8,516 | $ | 28,137 | $ | 20,655 | ||||||
| Net earnings | $ | 132,636 | $ | 104,576 | $ | 117,982 | ||||||
| Non-GAAP financial metrics | ||||||||||||
| Non-GAAP: Net earnings from continuing operations (1) | $ | 142,069 | $ | 93,978 | $ | 113,713 | ||||||
| Non-GAAP: Net earnings from continuing operations per common share - diluted (1) | $ | 5.39 | $ | 3.53 | $ | 4.24 | ||||||
| Adjusted EBITDA (2) | $ | 204,822 | $ | 137,013 | $ | 165,657 | ||||||
| Adjusted EBITDA margin (2) | 8.4 | % | 6.9 | % | 7.6 | % | ||||||
| Operational metrics | ||||||||||||
| Gross billings (3) | ||||||||||||
| Networking | $ | 1,152,117 | $ | 929,708 | $ | 1,172,274 | ||||||
| Cloud | 1,016,717 | 865,855 | 824,128 | |||||||||
| Security | 841,523 | 683,597 | 625,392 | |||||||||
| Collaboration | 109,460 | 120,369 | 120,960 | |||||||||
| Other | 252,073 | 244,997 | 262,439 | |||||||||
| Product gross billings | 3,371,890 | 2,844,526 | 3,005,193 | |||||||||
| Service gross billings | 466,567 | 435,921 | 324,571 | |||||||||
| Total gross billings | $ | 3,838,457 | $ | 3,280,447 | $ | 3,329,764 |
(1)
Non-GAAP: Net earnings from continuing operations and Non-GAAP: Net earnings from continuing operations per common share – diluted are based on net earnings from continuing operations calculated in accordance with US GAAP, adjusted to exclude other (income) expense, net, share-based compensation, acquisition related expenses, acquisition related amortization expense, and the related tax effects.
We believe that the exclusion of other income and acquisition-related amortization expense in calculating Non-GAAP: Net earnings from continuing operations and Non-GAAP: Net earnings from continuing operations per common share – diluted provides management and investors a useful measure for period-to-period comparisons of our business and operating results by excluding items that management believes are not reflective of our underlying operating performance, which helps in understanding and evaluating our operating results. We use Non-GAAP: Net earnings from continuing operations and Non-GAAP: Net earnings from continuing operations per common share – diluted as supplemental measures of our performance to gain and provide insight into our operating performance and performance trends. However, our use of non-GAAP information as an analytical tool has limitations and should not be considered in isolation or as a substitute for analysis of our financial results as reported under US GAAP. In addition, other companies, including companies in our industry, might calculate similar Non-GAAP: Net earnings from continuing operations and Non-GAAP: Net earnings from continuing operations per common share – diluted, or similarly titled measures differently, which may reduce their usefulness as comparative measures. Our acquisition related expenses for the year ended March 31, 2025, are related to our acquisition of Bailiwick Services, LLC (“Bailiwick”).
28
Table of Contents
The following table provides our calculation of Non-GAAP: Net earnings from continuing operations and Non-GAAP: Net earnings from continuing operations per common share – diluted (in thousands, except per share amounts):
| Year ended March 31, | ||||||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 2026 | 2025 | 2024 | ||||||||||
| GAAP: Earnings from continuing operations before tax | $ | 173,438 | $ | 106,124 | $ | 135,238 | ||||||
| Share-based compensation | 12,134 | 10,502 | 9,471 | |||||||||
| Acquisition related expenses | - | 1,072 | - | |||||||||
| Acquisition related amortization expense | 20,625 | 19,929 | 15,180 | |||||||||
| Other (income), net | (7,293 | ) | (6,438 | ) | (1,432 | ) | ||||||
| Non-GAAP: Earnings from continuing operations before provision for income taxes | 198,904 | 131,189 | 158,457 | |||||||||
| GAAP: Provision for income taxes | 49,318 | 29,685 | 37,911 | |||||||||
| Share-based compensation | 3,490 | 2,992 | 2,698 | |||||||||
| Acquisition related expenses | - | 300 | - | |||||||||
| Acquisition related amortization expense | 5,934 | 5,495 | 4,306 | |||||||||
| Other (income), net | (2,043 | ) | (1,788 | ) | (448 | ) | ||||||
| Tax benefit on restricted stock | 136 | 527 | 277 | |||||||||
| Non-GAAP: Provision for income taxes | 56,835 | 37,211 | 44,744 | |||||||||
| Non-GAAP: Net earnings from continuing operations | $ | 142,069 | $ | 93,978 | $ | 113,713 |
| Year ended March 31, | ||||||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 2026 | 2025 | 2024 | ||||||||||
| GAAP: Net earnings from continuing operations per common share - diluted | $ | 4.71 | $ | 2.87 | $ | 3.64 | ||||||
| Share-based compensation expense | 0.33 | 0.28 | 0.25 | |||||||||
| Acquisition related expenses | - | 0.03 | - | |||||||||
| Acquisition related amortization expense | 0.56 | 0.54 | 0.40 | |||||||||
| Other (income), net | (0.20 | ) | (0.17 | ) | (0.04 | ) | ||||||
| Tax (benefit) on restricted stock | (0.01 | ) | (0.02 | ) | (0.01 | ) | ||||||
| Total non-GAAP adjustments - net of tax | 0.68 | 0.66 | 0.60 | |||||||||
| Non-GAAP: Net earnings from continuing operations per common share - diluted | $ | 5.39 | $ | 3.53 | $ | 4.24 |
(2)
We define Adjusted EBITDA as net earnings from continuing operations calculated in accordance with US GAAP, adjusted for the following: interest and financing costs, depreciation and amortization, share-based compensation, acquisition related expenses, provision for income taxes, interest and financing costs and other (income), net. In the table below, we provide a reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA to net earnings from continuing operations, which is the most directly comparable financial measure to this non-GAAP financial measure. Adjusted EBITDA margin is our calculation of Adjusted EBITDA divided by net sales.
We believe that the exclusion of other income in calculating Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA margin provides management and investors with a useful measure for period-to-period comparisons of our business and operating results by excluding items that management believes are not reflective of our underlying operating performance, which helps in the understanding and evaluation of our operating results. We use Adjusted EBITDA as a supplemental measure of our performance to gain and provide insight into our operating performance and performance trends. However, our use of Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA margin as analytical tools has limitations and should not be considered in isolation or as substitutes for analysis of our financial results as reported under US GAAP. In addition, other companies, including companies in our industry, might calculate Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA margin, or similarly titled measures, differently which may reduce their usefulness as comparative measures.
29
Table of Contents
The following table provides our calculations of Adjusted EBITDA (in thousands):
| Year ended March 31, | ||||||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 2026 | 2025 | 2024 | ||||||||||
| GAAP: Net earnings from continuing operations | $ | 124,120 | $ | 76,439 | $ | 97,327 | ||||||
| Provision for income taxes | 49,318 | 29,685 | 37,911 | |||||||||
| Share-based compensation | 12,134 | 10,502 | 9,471 | |||||||||
| Depreciation and amortization | 26,543 | 25,753 | 20,951 | |||||||||
| Acquisition related expenses | - | 1,072 | - | |||||||||
| Interest and financing costs | - | - | 1,429 | |||||||||
| Other (income), net | (7,293 | ) | (6,438 | ) | (1,432 | ) | ||||||
| Non-GAAP: Adjusted EBITDA | $ | 204,822 | $ | 137,013 | $ | 165,657 |
(3)
Gross billings are the total dollar value of customer purchases of goods and services including shipping charges during the period, net of customer returns, credit memos, and sales or other taxes. Gross billings include the transaction values for certain sales transactions that are recognized on a net basis, and, therefore, include amounts that will not be recognized as revenue.
Results of Operations
The
Year Ended March 31, 2026, Compared to the Year Ended March 31, 2025
Net sales: Net sales for the year ended March 31, 2026, increased $442.4 million compared to the prior fiscal year, due to increased net sales to customers in the telecom, media and entertainment, healthcare, technology, retail, and financial services industries, offset by decreased net sales to customers in the SLED industry. Our increase in sales was primarily driven by large enterprise customers. For further information, see the “Segment Results of Operations” below.
Gross profit: Gross profit for the year ended March 31, 2026, increased $104.0 million compared to the prior fiscal year due to increases in net sales in all three of our business segments. Overall, gross margin decreased 40 basis points year over year to 25.2%, primarily due to lower product margin led by a shift in product mix as well as a lower percentage of sales of third-party maintenance and subscriptions that are recognized on a net basis. Additionally, we had lower services margins. For further information, see the “Segment Results of Operations” below.
Selling, general, and administrative: Selling, general, and administrative expenses for the year ended March 31, 2026, increased $36.7 million, compared to the prior fiscal year.
Salaries and benefits, including variable compensation and share-based compensation for the year ended March 31, 2026, increased $33.2 million, compared to the prior fiscal year, primarily due to increases in variable compensation commensurate with the increase in our gross profit and secondarily due to additional salaries and benefits due to our acquisition of Bailiwick on August 19, 2024.
General and administrative expenses for the year ended March 31, 2026, increased $4.7 million as compared to the prior fiscal year, due to the addition of Bailiwick. In total, we had higher professional fees of $3.7 million, higher software, subscription, and maintenance fees of $1.4 million, and higher office rent of $0.7 million. These increases were partially offset by a decrease in acquisition-related expenses of $1.1 million incurred in the prior fiscal year related to the addition of Bailiwick that are not recurring in the current fiscal year.
Provision for credit losses for the year ended March 31, 2026, was $0.5 million as compared to $1.7 million for the prior fiscal year. Our lower provision for credit losses for the year ended March 31, 2026, was due to favorable changes in our net credit exposure.
Depreciation and amortization: Depreciation and amortization for the year ended March 31, 2026, increased by $0.8 million compared to the prior fiscal year, primarily due to amortization from intangible assets acquired in the Bailiwick acquisition.
Operating income: As a result of the foregoing, operating income for the year ended March 31, 2026, increased $66.5 million compared to the prior fiscal year, and operating margin increased by 180 basis points to 6.8%.
Other income, net: Other income for the year ended March 31, 2026, was $7.3 million, compared to $6.4 million for the prior fiscal year. Our increase in other income was primarily due to higher interest income and lower foreign exchange losses in the current fiscal year period compared to the prior fiscal year and earnings from our transition services agreement with PEAC Solutions, offset by $4.2 million in expense in the current fiscal year related to adjustments to our estimate of the fair value of contingent consideration due from PEAC Solutions relating to our sale of HoldCo. We had $11.4 million in interest income for the year ended March 31, 2026, compared to $7.8 million in the prior fiscal year. We had foreign exchange losses of $0.6 million for the year ended March 31, 2026, compared to losses of $1.2 million in the prior fiscal year.
30
Table of Contents
Provision for income taxes: Our provision for income taxes was $49.3 million for
the year ended March 31, 2026, as compared to $29.7
million in the prior fiscal year. Our effective tax rate for
the year ended March 31, 2026, was 28.4%, compared
with 28.0%, in the prior fiscal year. Our effective income tax rate for
the year ended March 31, 2026, was higher compared
to the prior fiscal year primarily due to higher state taxes and higher
non-deductible executive compensation.
Net earnings from continuing operations: Net
earnings from continuing operations for
the year ended March 31, 2026, were $124.1 million, an increase of $47.7
million, as compared to $76.4 million in the prior fiscal year. The net
earnings increase was due to the increase in operating profits, and an increase
in other income, partially offset by an increase in provision for income taxes.
Net earnings from discontinued operations, net of tax: Net earnings from discontinued operations, net of tax, for the year ended March 31, 2026, was $8.5 million consisting of $11.8 million in earnings before tax, offset by $3.2 million in income tax expense. Our earnings from discontinued operations before tax for the year ended March 31, 2026 includes a $3.8 million gain from the sale of our domestic financing business in the Sale Transaction and $7.9 million in earnings before the Sale Transaction. Our earnings before the Sale Transaction includes a $2.3 million loss to settle a legal matter related to our discontinued operations. We had net earnings from discontinued operations, net of tax, of $28.1 million in the prior fiscal year, consisting of $38.0 million in earnings before income tax, offset by $9.9 million in income tax expense.
Net earnings: Due to the aforementioned reasons, net
earnings for the year ended March 31, 2026, were
$132.6 million, as compared to $104.6 million in the prior fiscal year.
The Year Ended March 31, 2025, Compared to the Year Ended March
31, 2024
Net sales: Net sales for the year ended March 31,
2025, decreased $178.1 million compared to the prior fiscal year, due to
decreased net sales to customers in the telecom, media and entertainment,
healthcare, and financial services industries, offset by increased net sales to
customers in the technology and SLED industries. For additional information,
see the “Segment Results of Operations” below.
Gross profit: Gross profit for the year ended March
31, 2025, increased $0.4 million compared to the prior fiscal year due to
increases in professional and managed services that were partially offset by
declines in product sales. Overall, gross margins were up by 210 basis points
year over year to 25.6%, primarily due to higher product margins led by a shift
in product mix towards sales of third-party maintenance and subscriptions that
are recognized on a net basis, partially offset by lower services margins.
Selling, general, and administrative expenses:
Selling, general, and administrative expenses for the year ended March 31,
2025, increased $31.1 million compared to the year ended March 31, 2024, mainly
due to increases in salaries and benefits.
Salaries and benefits, including variable compensation for the
year ended March 31, 2025, increased $22.9 million compared to the prior fiscal
year, due to an increase in salaries and benefits, mainly driven by increased
headcount, offset by a decrease in variable compensation. Our business had a
total of 2,151 employees as of March 31, 2025, an increase of 299 from 1,852
employees as of March 31, 2024. We added 441 employees on August 19, 2024 from
our acquisition of Bailiwick. In total, we increased the number of
customer-facing employees by 272 employees as of March 31, 2025, compared to
the year ended March 31, 2024. Our increase in customer-facing employees
consists of an increase of 277 professional and managed services and technical
support personnel, partially offset by a decrease of five (5) employees in
sales and marketing personnel.
General and administrative expenses for the year ended March 31,
2025, increased $6.9 million as compared to the prior fiscal year. General and
administrative expenses were higher mainly due to increases in software,
subscription, and maintenance fees, warehouse and logistic fees, and office
rent. Our increases in these categories for the year ended March 31, 2025,
compared to the prior fiscal year, were partially due to our acquisition of
Bailiwick in August 2024. Additionally, we incurred $1.1 million in acquisition
related expenses due to our acquisition of Bailiwick during the year ended
March 31, 2025.
Provision for credit losses for the year ended March 31, 2025, was
$1.7 million, as compared to $0.4 million for the year ended March 31, 2024.
Our higher provision for credit losses for the year ended March 31, 2025, was
due to an increase in exposure to accounts with higher credit risk.
31
Depreciation and amortization expense: Depreciation
and amortization expense for the year ended March 31, 2025, increased compared
to the year ended March 31, 2024, primarily due to amortization from intangible
assets acquired in the Bailiwick acquisition during the year ended March 31,
2025.
Operating income: As a result of the
foregoing, operating income for the year ended March 31, 2025, decreased $34.1
million compared to the prior fiscal year, and operating margin decreased from
6.1% to 5.0%.
Other income (expense), net: Other income for the
year ended March 31, 2025, was $6.4 million, compared to $1.4 million, for the
year ended March 31, 2024. Higher other income was driven by increased interest
income offset by increased foreign exchange losses. We had $7.7 million in
interest income for the year ended March 31, 2025, compared to $1.7 million in
the prior fiscal year primarily due to our higher cash balances during the
year. We had foreign exchange losses of $1.2 million for the year ended March
31, 2025, compared to a loss of $0.1 million in the prior fiscal year.
Provision for income taxes: Our provision for income tax
expense for the years ended March 31, 2025, and 2024 was $29.7 million and $37.9
million, respectively. Our effective income tax rate for the years ended March
31, 2025, and 2024 was 28.0% for both years.
Net earnings from continuing operations: Net
earnings from continuing operations for the year ended March 31, 2025, were $76.4
million, a decrease of $20.9 million, as compared to $97.3 million in the prior
fiscal year. The net earnings decrease was due to the decrease in operating
profits, offset by an increase in other income, driven by increased interest
income, and a decrease in provision for income taxes.
Net earnings from discontinued operations, net of tax: Net
earnings from discontinued operations, net of tax, for the year ended March 31,
2025, was $28.1 million, as compared to $20.7 million in the prior fiscal year.
The net earnings increase was due to the increase in operating profits.
Net
earnings
:
Due to the aforementioned reasons, net earnings for the year ended March 31,
2025, were $104.6 million, a decrease of $13.4 million, as compared to $118.0
million in the prior fiscal year.
Segment Overview
Following the divestiture of our domestic financing business in the Sale Transaction, we organize our business into three reportable segments (which we formerly referred to collectively as the technology business):
●
Product segment: Our product segment consists of the sale of third-party hardware, third-party perpetual and subscription software, and third-party maintenance, software assurance, and other third-party services. The product segment also includes internet-based business-to-business supply chain management solutions for IT products. We endeavor to minimize the cost of sales in our product segment through incentive programs provided by vendors.
●
Professional services segment: Our professional services segment includes our advanced professional services to our customers that are performed under time and materials, fixed fee, or milestone contracts. Professional services include consulting, assessments, architecture, deployment, and configuration, logistic services, training, staff augmentation services, and project management services. Additionally, we offer professional services in the spaces of digital signage, EV charging solutions, loss prevention and security, store openings, remodels, and store closings.
●
Managed services segment: Our managed services segment includes our advanced managed services that encompass managing various aspects of our customers’ environments that are billed in regular intervals over a contract term, usually between three to five years. Managed services also include security solutions, storage-as-a-service, cloud hosted services, cloud managed services, and service desk.
Our other category consists of the international entities of our financing business that we retained after selling our domestic financing business.
32
Table of Contents
Segment Results of Operations
The Year Ended March 31, 2026, Compared to the Year Ended March 31, 2025
The results of operations for our segments were as follows (dollars in thousands):
| Year ended March 31, | ||||||||||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 2026 | 2025 | Change | Percent Change | |||||||||||||
| Net sales | ||||||||||||||||
| Product segment | $ | 1,979,288 | $ | 1,599,369 | $ | 379,919 | 23.8 | % | ||||||||
| Professional services segment | 273,438 | 229,030 | 44,408 | 19.4 | % | |||||||||||
| Managed services segment | 189,447 | 171,347 | 18,100 | 10.6 | % | |||||||||||
| Total reportable segments | 2,442,173 | 1,999,746 | 442,427 | 22.1 | % | |||||||||||
| Other | 376 | 422 | (46 | ) | (10.9 | )% | ||||||||||
| Total | $ | 2,442,549 | $ | 2,000,168 | $ | 442,381 | 22.1 | % | ||||||||
| Gross Profit | ||||||||||||||||
| Product segment | $ | 453,564 | $ | 370,153 | $ | 83,411 | 22.5 | % | ||||||||
| Professional services segment | 105,910 | 90,517 | 15,393 | 17.0 | % | |||||||||||
| Managed services segment | 56,467 | 51,307 | 5,160 | 10.1 | % | |||||||||||
| Total reportable segments | 615,941 | 511,977 | 103,964 | 20.3 | % | |||||||||||
| Other | 140 | 143 | (3 | ) | (2.1 | )% | ||||||||||
| Total | $ | 616,081 | $ | 512,120 | $ | 103,961 | 20.3 | % | ||||||||
| Gross margin: | ||||||||||||||||
| Product segment | 22.9 | % | 23.1 | % | ||||||||||||
| Professional services segment | 38.7 | % | 39.5 | % | ||||||||||||
| Managed services segment | 29.8 | % | 29.9 | % | ||||||||||||
| Net sales by customer end market: | ||||||||||||||||
| Telecom, media & entertainment | $ | 720,616 | $ | 453,892 | $ | 266,724 | 58.8 | % | ||||||||
| Healthcare | 314,949 | 286,474 | 28,475 | 9.9 | % | |||||||||||
| SLED | 308,681 | 333,371 | (24,690 | ) | (7.4 | )% | ||||||||||
| Technology | 300,783 | 300,465 | 318 | 0.1 | % | |||||||||||
| Financial services | 244,675 | 174,798 | 69,877 | 40.0 | % | |||||||||||
| Retail | 136,415 | 103,185 | 33,230 | 32.2 | % | |||||||||||
| All others | 416,054 | 347,561 | 68,493 | 19.7 | % | |||||||||||
| Total reportable segments | $ | 2,442,173 | $ | 1,999,746 | $ | 442,427 | 22.1 | % | ||||||||
| Net sales by type: | ||||||||||||||||
| Networking | $ | 933,818 | $ | 781,703 | $ | 152,115 | 19.5 | % | ||||||||
| Cloud | 668,471 | 509,774 | 158,697 | 31.1 | % | |||||||||||
| Security | 239,731 | 191,872 | 47,859 | 24.9 | % | |||||||||||
| Collaboration | 51,917 | 55,483 | (3,566 | ) | (6.4 | )% | ||||||||||
| Other | 85,351 | 60,537 | 24,814 | 41.0 | % | |||||||||||
| Total products segment | 1,979,288 | 1,599,369 | 379,919 | 23.8 | % | |||||||||||
| Professional services segment | 273,438 | 229,030 | 44,408 | 19.4 | % | |||||||||||
| Managed services segment | 189,447 | 171,347 | 18,100 | 10.6 | % | |||||||||||
| Total reportable segments | $ | 2,442,173 | $ | 1,999,746 | $ | 442,427 | 22.1 | % |
Net sales:
Product segment sales for the year ended March 31, 2026, increased compared to the prior fiscal year, due to increases in revenue from networking, cloud, and security products, offset by a decline in collaboration products. These increases were driven by the timing of purchases by existing customers, which are determined by their buying cycles and the timing of specific IT-related initiatives. Contributing to the increase, the proportion of our sales that were sales of third-party maintenance and subscriptions that are recognized on a net basis decreased for the year ended March 31, 2026, compared to the prior fiscal year.
33
Table of Contents
Professional services segment sales for the year ended March 31, 2026, increased compared to the prior fiscal year, primarily due to increases in revenues attributable to the acquisition of Bailiwick.
Managed services segment sales for the year ended March 31, 2026, increased compared to the prior fiscal year, due to ongoing expansion of these service offerings, primarily related to ongoing growth in cloud services and enhanced maintenance support.
Gross margin:
Product segment gross margin for the year ended March 31, 2026, decreased by 20 basis points, from the prior fiscal year due to a shift in product mix and a lower proportion of our sales that were sales of third-party maintenance and subscriptions which are recorded on a net basis, partially offset by an increase in vendor consideration. Vendor consideration earned as a percentage of sales for the year ended March 31, 2026 increased by 30 basis points.
Professional services segment gross margin for the year ended March 31, 2026, decreased by 80 basis points, from the prior fiscal year primarily due to our acquisition of Bailiwick whose services have a lower gross margin due to the use of a higher proportion of third parties for delivery than our organic professional services.
Managed services segment gross margin for the year ended March 31, 2026, decreased by 10 basis points, from the prior fiscal year, mainly driven by a decrease in gross margin from our managed services offerings due to increased third-party costs.
34
The Year Ended March 31, 2025, Compared to the Year Ended March
31, 2024
The results of operations
for our segments were as follows (in thousands):
| Year ended March 31, | ||||||||||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 2025 | 2024 | Change | Percent Change | |||||||||||||
| Net sales | ||||||||||||||||
| Product segment | $ | 1,599,369 | $ | 1,885,543 | $ | (286,174 | ) | (15.2 | )% | |||||||
| Professional services segment | 229,030 | 154,549 | 74,481 | 48.2 | % | |||||||||||
| Managed services segment | 171,347 | 137,528 | 33,819 | 24.6 | % | |||||||||||
| Total reportable segments | 1,999,746 | 2,177,620 | (177,874 | ) | (8.2 | )% | ||||||||||
| Other | 422 | 629 | (207 | ) | (32.9 | )% | ||||||||||
| Total | $ | 2,000,168 | $ | 2,178,249 | $ | (178,081 | ) | (8.2 | )% | |||||||
| Gross Profit | ||||||||||||||||
| Product segment | $ | 370,153 | $ | 400,665 | $ | (30,512 | ) | (7.6 | )% | |||||||
| Professional services segment | 90,517 | 68,194 | 22,323 | 32.7 | % | |||||||||||
| Managed services segment | 51,307 | 42,667 | 8,640 | 20.2 | % | |||||||||||
| Total reportable segments | 511,977 | 511,526 | 451 | 0.1 | % | |||||||||||
| Other | 143 | 216 | (73 | ) | (33.8 | )% | ||||||||||
| Total | $ | 512,120 | $ | 511,742 | $ | 378 | 0.1 | % | ||||||||
| Gross margin: | ||||||||||||||||
| Product segment | 23.1 | % | 21.2 | % | ||||||||||||
| Professional services segment | 39.5 | % | 44.1 | % | ||||||||||||
| Managed services segment | 29.9 | % | 31.0 | % | ||||||||||||
| Net sales by customer end market: | ||||||||||||||||
| Telecom, media & entertainment | $ | 453,892 | $ | 547,525 | $ | (93,633 | ) | (17.1 | )% | |||||||
| SLED | 333,371 | 329,617 | 3,754 | 1.1 | % | |||||||||||
| Technology | 300,465 | 379,720 | (79,255 | ) | (20.9 | )% | ||||||||||
| Healthcare | 286,474 | 278,893 | 7,581 | 2.7 | % | |||||||||||
| Financial services | 174,798 | 243,630 | (68,832 | ) | (28.3 | )% | ||||||||||
| Retail | 103,185 | 36,113 | 67,072 | 185.7 | % | |||||||||||
| All others | 347,561 | 362,122 | (14,561 | ) | (4.0 | )% | ||||||||||
| Total reportable segments | $ | 1,999,746 | $ | 2,177,620 | $ | (177,874 | ) | (8.2 | )% | |||||||
| Net sales by type: | ||||||||||||||||
| Networking | $ | 781,703 | $ | 1,005,679 | $ | (223,976 | ) | (22.3 | )% | |||||||
| Cloud | 509,774 | 546,341 | (36,567 | ) | (6.7 | )% | ||||||||||
| Security | 191,872 | 193,956 | (2,084 | ) | (1.1 | )% | ||||||||||
| Collaboration | 55,483 | 65,714 | (10,231 | ) | (15.6 | )% | ||||||||||
| Other | 60,537 | 73,853 | (13,316 | ) | (18.0 | )% | ||||||||||
| Total products segment | 1,599,369 | 1,885,543 | (286,174 | ) | (15.2 | )% | ||||||||||
| Professional services segment | 229,030 | 154,549 | 74,481 | 48.2 | % | |||||||||||
| Managed services segment | 171,347 | 137,528 | 33,819 | 24.6 | % | |||||||||||
| Total reportable segments | $ | 1,999,746 | $ | 2,177,620 | $ | (177,874 | ) | (8.2 | )% |
Net sales:
Product segment sales for the
year ended March 31, 2025, decreased compared to the year ended March 31, 2024,
due to decreases in demand and a shift in product mix towards sales of third-party maintenance and
subscriptions that are recognized on a net basis. These changes were
driven by the timing of purchases by existing customers, which are determined
by their buying cycles, and the timing of specific IT-related initiatives.
Professional services segment
sales for the year ended March 31, 2025, increased compared to the year ended
March 31, 2024, primarily due to increases in revenues from the acquisition of
Bailiwick.
Managed services segment sales
for the year ended March 31, 2025, increased compared to the year ended March
31, 2024, due to ongoing expansion of these service offerings, primarily
related to ongoing growth in enhanced maintenance
support, cloud services, and service desk services.
35
Gross profit margin:
Product segment margin for the year
ended March 31, 2025, increased by 190 basis points compared
to the year ended March 31, 2024, due to a shift in product mix resulting in a
higher proportion of sales of third-party maintenance and subscriptions which
are recorded on a net basis partially offset by lower margins to certain
enterprise customers. Vendor incentives earned as a percentage of product sales
for the year ended March 31, 2025 increased by 10 basis points, which had a positive effect on gross margin, as compared to
the prior year.
Professional services segment margin
for the year ended March 31, 2025,
decreased by 460 basis points, compared to the year ended March 31, 2024, due
to our acquisition of Bailiwick whose services tend to have a lower gross
margin due to the use of a higher proportion of third parties for delivery than
our organic professional services.
Managed services segment margin for
the year ended March 31, 2025,
decreased by 110 basis points, compared to the year ended March 31, 2024, due
to higher third-party costs incurred for cloud services.
Liquidity and Capital Resources
Overview
We finance our operations through funds generated from operations and through borrowings. We use those funds to meet our capital requirements, which primarily consist of working capital for operational needs, capital expenditures, mergers and acquisitions, the issuance of dividends and repurchase of shares of our common stock.
We believe that cash on hand and funds generated from operations, together with available credit under our credit facility, will be sufficient to finance our working capital, capital expenditures, and other requirements for at least the next year.
Our ability to continue to expand, both organically and through acquisitions, is dependent upon our ability to generate enough cash flow from operations or from borrowing or other sources of financing as may be required. While at this time we do not anticipate requiring any additional sources of financing to fund our current operations, if demand for IT products declines, or if our supply of products is delayed or interrupted, our cash flows from operations may be substantially affected.
Cash Flows
The following table summarizes our sources and uses of cash for the years ended March 31, 2026, and 2025 (in thousands):
| Year ended March 31, | ||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 2026 | 2025 | |||||||
| Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities of continuing operations | $ | (117,447 | ) | $ | 323,918 | |||
| Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities of discontinued operations | 1,216 | (21,773 | ) | |||||
| Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities | (116,231 | ) | 302,145 | |||||
| Net cash (used in) investing activities of continuing operations | (4,355 | ) | (130,190 | ) | ||||
| Net cash provided by investing activities of discontinued operations | 164,165 | 1,323 | ||||||
| Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities | 159,810 | (128,867 | ) | |||||
| Net cash (used in) financing activities of continuing operations | (16,519 | ) | (61,186 | ) | ||||
| Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities of discontinued operations | (6,417 | ) | 23,610 | |||||
| Net cash (used in) financing activities | (22,936 | ) | (37,576 | ) | ||||
| Effect of exchange rate changes on cash | 751 | 652 | ||||||
| Net increase in cash and cash equivalents | $ | 21,394 | $ | 136,354 |
36
Table of Contents
Cash flows from operating activities
During the year ended March 31, 2026, we used $117.4 million through operating activities of continuing operations primarily due to increases in accounts receivable and inventory and decreases in accounts payable, partially offset by net earnings. During the year ended March 31, 2026, we provided $1.2 million through operating activities of discontinued operations consisting primarily of earnings prior to the Sale Transaction, partially offset by legal fees related to the Sale Transaction and the payment of $2.3 million to settle a legal matter related to our discontinued operations. During the year ended March 31, 2025, we provided $323.9 million through operating activities of continuing operations primarily due to net earnings and decreases in accounts receivable and inventory, partially offset by increases in deferred costs.
To manage our working capital, we monitor our cash conversion cycle for our business segments, which is defined as days sales outstanding (“DSO”) in accounts receivable plus days of supply in inventory (“DIO”) minus days of purchases outstanding in accounts payable (“DPO”).
The following table presents the components of the cash conversion cycle:
| As of March 31, | ||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 2026 | 2025 | |||||||
| (DSO) Days sales outstanding (1) | 70 | 66 | ||||||
| (DIO) Days inventory outstanding (2) | 28 | 14 | ||||||
| (DPO) Days payable outstanding (3) | (47 | ) | (51 | ) | ||||
| Cash conversion cycle | 51 | 29 |
(1)
Represents the rolling three-month average of the balance of trade accounts receivable-trade, net at the end of the period divided by Gross billings for the same three-month period.
(2)
Represents the rolling three-month average of the balance of inventory, net at the end of the period divided by the direct cost of products billed to our customers for the same three-month period.
(3)
Represents the rolling three-month average of the combined balance of accounts payable-trade and accounts payable-floor plan at the end of the period divided by the direct cost of products and services billed to our customers for the same three-month period.
Our standard payment term for customers is between 30 to 60 days; however, certain customer orders may be approved for extended payment terms. Our DSOs for the quarters ended March 31, 2026, and March 31, 2025 were greater than our standard payment terms primarily due to a significant proportion of sales in those quarters to customers with payment terms greater than or equal to net 60 days. Invoices processed through our credit facility, or the A/P-floor plan balance, are typically paid within 45-60 days from the invoice date, while A/P trade invoices are typically paid around 30 to 45 days from the invoice date.
Our cash conversion cycle increased to 51 days for March 31, 2026, compared to 29 days for March 31, 2025, as DSO increased by 4 days, DIO increased by 14 days, and DPO increased by 4 days from March 31, 2025, to March 31, 2026.
37
Table of Contents
Cash flows related to investing activities
During the year ended March 31, 2026, we used $4.4 million through investing activities of continuing operations consisting primarily of purchases of property and equipment, offset by proceeds from sale of property and equipment. We also provided $164.2 million through investing activities of discontinued operations, consisting of initial net cash proceeds of $156.7 million received by us in connection with the closing of the Sale Transaction in June 2025 and $7.5 million that was received by us in March 2026 upon settlement of the final purchase price adjustment in the Sale Transaction. Our initial net cash proceeds of $156.7 million from the Sale Transaction consisted of cash proceeds of $180.1 million less cash transferred with HoldCo of $23.4 million.
During the year ended March 31, 2025, we used $130.2 million in investing activities of continuing operations, consisting of $124.9 million for the acquisition of Bailiwick and $5.3 million for purchases of property and equipment.
Cash flows from financing activities
During the year ended March 31, 2026, we used $16.5 million through financing activities of continuing operations. We had cash outflows of $30.6 million to repurchase outstanding shares of our common stock and $19.7 million paid out in dividends. These cash outflows were partially offset by cash inflows of $30.2 million in net borrowing on our floor plan facility and $3.6 million in proceeds from the issuance of common stock to employees under our employee stock purchase plan. During the year ended March 31, 2026, we used $6.4 million from financing activities of discontinued operations for the repayment of notes payable related to our discontinued operations.
During the year ended March 31, 2025, we used $61.2 million in financing activities of continuing operations, consisting of $46.9 million to repurchase outstanding shares of our common stock, $15.6 million repayments on the floor plan component of our WFCDF Credit Facility, and $2.3 million paid to the sellers of Peak Resources, Inc. (“Peak”) based on adjustments to a final determination of total net assets delivered in our January 2024 acquisition of Peak, partially offset by $3.6 million via the issuance of common stock to employees under an employee stock purchase plan.
Credit Facility
We finance the operations of our subsidiaries ePlus Technology, inc. and ePlus Technology Services, inc. (collectively, the “Borrowers”) through the WFCDF Credit Facility. The WFCDF Credit Facility has a floor plan facility and a revolving credit facility.
Please refer to Note 10, “Credit Facility” in the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements included in Part II, Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K for additional information concerning our WFCDF Credit Facility.
The loss of the WFCDF Credit Facility could have a material adverse effect on our future results as we currently rely on this facility and its components for daily working capital and liquidity and as an operational function of our accounts payable process.
Floor plan facility
We finance certain purchases of products for sale to our customers through the floor plan facility. Once our customer places a purchase order with us and we have approved their credit, we place an order for the desired products with one of our vendors. Our vendors are generally paid by the floor plan facility and our liability is reflected in “accounts payable—floor plan” in our consolidated balance sheets.
Most customer payments to us are remitted to our lockbox accounts. Once payments are cleared, the monies in the lockbox accounts are automatically and daily transferred to our operating account. We pay down the floor plan facility on three specified dates each month, generally 45 to 60 days from the invoice date. Our borrowings and repayments under the floor plan component are included in “net borrowings (repayments) on floor plan facility” within cash flows from the financing activities in our consolidated statements of cash flows.
As of March 31, 2026, and March 31, 2025, we had a maximum credit limit, including the revolving credit facility, of $500.0 million, and an outstanding balance on the floor plan facility of $119.7 million and $89.5 million, respectively. On our balance sheet, our liability under the floor plan facility is presented as part of accounts payable – floor plan.
38
Table of Contents
Revolving credit facility
As of March 31, 2026, and March 31, 2025, we did not have any outstanding balance under the revolving credit facility. The maximum credit limit under this facility was $200.0 million as of both March 31, 2026, and March 31, 2025.
Dividends
A summary of dividend activity for our common stock for the year ended March 31, 2026 is as follows:
| Dividend amount | Declaration date | Record date | Payment date | |||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| $ | 0.25 | August 7, 2025 | August 26, 2025 | September 17, 2025 | ||||
| $ | 0.25 | November 6, 2025 | November 25, 2025 | December 17, 2025 | ||||
| $ | 0.25 | February 4, 2026 | February 24, 2026 | March 18, 2026 |
On May 28, 2026, we announced that our Board declared a quarterly dividend. The quarterly cash dividend of $0.27 per common share will be paid on June 30, 2026, to stockholders of record as of the close of business on June 17, 2026.
The payment of any future dividends will be at the discretion of our Board and will depend upon our results of operations, financial condition, business prospects, capital requirements, contractual restrictions (including in current or future agreements governing our indebtedness), restrictions imposed by applicable law, tax considerations and other factors that our Board deems relevant.
Performance Guarantees
In the normal course of business, we may provide certain customers with performance guarantees, which are generally backed by surety bonds. In general, we would only be liable for these guarantees in the event of default in the performance of our obligations. We believe we currently comply with the performance obligations under our service contracts for which there is a performance guarantee, and we believe that any liability incurred in connection with these guarantees would not have a material adverse effect on our consolidated statements of operations.
Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements
As part of our ongoing business, we do not participate in transactions that generate relationships with unconsolidated entities or financial partnerships, such as entities often referred to as structured finance or special purpose entities, which would have been established for the purpose of facilitating off-balance sheet arrangements or other contractually narrow or limited purposes. As of March 31, 2026, and 2025, we were not involved in any such off-balance sheet arrangements.
Adequacy of Capital Resources
The continued implementation of our business strategy will require a significant investment in both resources and managerial focus. For example, we may selectively enter into merger and acquisition transactions with other companies that have attractive customer relationships, skilled sales and/or engineering forces, and/or other attributes that may be complementary to our business or are aligned with our long-term strategy. Specifically, we may acquire technology companies to expand and enhance our geographic footprint, or the platform of bundled solutions to provide additional functionality and value-added services. Further, we may also open facilities in new geographic areas, which may require a significant investment of cash. We may require additional capital due to increases in inventory to accommodate our customers’ IT installation schedules and delivery delays from product shortages to complete orders. These actions may result in increased working capital needs as the business expands. As a result, we may require additional financing to fund our strategy, implementation, potential future mergers and acquisitions, and working capital needs, which may include additional debt and equity financing. While the future is uncertain, we do not expect our WFCDF Credit Facility will be terminated by WFCDF or us.
39
Table of Contents
Potential Fluctuations in Quarterly Operating Results
Our future quarterly operating results and the market price of our common stock may fluctuate. In the event our revenues or earnings for any quarter are less than the level expected by securities analysts or the market in general, such shortfall could have an immediate and significant adverse impact on the market price of our common stock. Any such adverse impact could be greater if any such shortfall occurs near the time of any material decrease in any widely followed stock index or in the market price of the stock of one or more competitors, IT resellers, major customers, or vendors of ours.
Our quarterly results of operations are susceptible to fluctuations for several reasons, including, but not limited to currency fluctuations, reduction in IT spending by our customers and potential customers, shortages of products from our vendors, the timing and mix of specific transactions, the reduction of vendor incentive programs, and other factors.
We believe that comparisons of quarterly results of our operations are not necessarily meaningful and that results for one quarter should not be relied upon as an indication of future performance.
Contractual Obligations
Our material contractual obligations primarily consist of lease liabilities. Please refer to Note 6, “Lessee Accounting” in the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements included in Part II, Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K for additional information regarding the maturities of these obligations.
Critical Accounting Estimates
Our consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with US GAAP. Our significant accounting policies are described in Note 1, “Organization and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies” in the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements included in Part II, Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. The accounting policies described below are significantly affected by critical accounting estimates. Such accounting policies require significant judgments, assumptions, and estimates, and actual results could differ materially from the amounts reported based on these policies.
REVENUE RECOGNITION — When we enter into contracts with customers, we are required to identify the performance obligations in the contract. We recognize most of our revenues from the sales of third-party products, third-party software, third-party maintenance, software support, and services, and ePlus professional and managed services. Our recognition of revenue differs for each of these distinct types of performance obligations and identifying each performance obligation appropriately may require judgment.
When a contract contains multiple distinct performance obligations, we allocate the transaction price to each performance obligation based on its relative standalone selling price. We determine standalone selling prices using expected cost-plus margin.
We recognize revenue from sales of third-party products and third-party software at the point in time that control passes to the customer, which is typically upon delivery of the product to the customer. We perform an analysis to estimate the amount of sales in-transit at the end of the period and adjust revenue and the related costs to reflect only what has been delivered to the customer. This analysis is based upon an analysis of current quarter and historical delivery dates.
We recognize revenue from sales of third-party maintenance, software support, and services when our customer and vendor accept the terms and conditions of the arrangement. On occasion, judgment is required to determine this point in time.
We provide ePlus professional services under both time and materials and fixed price contracts. When services are provided on a time and materials basis, we recognize sales at agreed-upon billing rates as services are performed. When services are provided on a fixed fee basis, we recognize sales over time in proportion to our progress toward complete satisfaction of the performance obligation. Using this method requires us to determine the appropriate input or output method to measure progress. We most often measure progress based on costs incurred in proportion to total estimated costs, commonly referred to as the “cost-to-cost” method. When using this method, significant judgment may be required to estimate the total costs to complete the performance obligation. We typically recognize sales of ePlus managed services on a straight-line basis over the period services are provided.
40
Table of Contents
GOODWILL — We test goodwill for impairment on an annual basis, as of October 1, and between annual tests if an event occurs, or circumstances change, that would more likely than not reduce the fair value of a reporting unit below its carrying amount. Goodwill is tested for impairment at a level of reporting referred to as a reporting unit.
In a qualitative assessment, we assess qualitative factors to determine whether it is more likely than not (that is, a likelihood of more than 50%) that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount, including goodwill. A significant amount of judgment is involved in determining if an event representing an indicator of impairment has occurred between annual test dates. Such indicators may include: a significant decline in expected future cash flows; a sustained, significant decline in stock price and market capitalization; a significant adverse change in legal factors or in the business climate; unanticipated competition; the testing for recoverability of a significant asset group within a reporting unit; and reductions in revenue or profitability growth rates.
In the quantitative impairment test, we compare the fair value of a reporting unit with its carrying amount, including goodwill. We estimate the fair value of each reporting unit using a combination of the income approach and market approaches.
The income approach incorporates the use of a discounted cash flow method in which the estimated future cash flows and terminal values for each reporting unit are discounted to a present value using a discount rate. Cash flow projections are based on management’s estimates of economic and market conditions which drive key assumptions of revenue growth rates, operating margins, capital expenditures and working capital requirements. The discount rate in turn is based on the specific risk characteristics of each reporting unit, the weighted average cost of capital and its underlying forecast.
The market approach estimates fair value by applying performance metric multiples to the reporting unit’s prior and expected operating performance. The multiples are derived from comparable publicly traded companies with similar operating and investment characteristics as the reporting unit.
The fair values determined by the market approach and income approach, as described above, are weighted to determine the fair value for each reporting unit. Although we have consistently used the same methods in developing the assumptions and estimates underlying the fair value calculations, such estimates are uncertain and may vary from actual results.
VENDOR CONSIDERATION — We receive payments and credits from vendors, including consideration pursuant to volume incentive programs, and shared marketing expense programs. Many of these programs extend over one or more quarters’ sales activities. Different programs have different vendor/program specific goals to achieve. We recognize the rebates pursuant to volume incentive programs, when the rebate is probable and reasonably estimable, based on a systematic and rational allocation of the cash consideration offered to each of the underlying transactions that results in our progress towards earning the rebate. Should our actual performance be different from our estimates, we may be required to adjust our receivables.
ALLOWANCE FOR CREDIT LOSSES — We maintain an allowance for credit losses related to our accounts receivable and financing receivables. We record an expense in the amount necessary to adjust the allowance for credit losses to our current estimate of expected credit losses on financial assets. We estimate expected credit losses based on our internal rating of the customer’s credit quality, our historical credit losses, current economic conditions, and other relevant factors. Prior to providing credit, we assign an internal rating for each customer’s credit quality based on the customer’s financial status, rating agency reports and other financial information. We review our internal ratings for each customer at least annually or when there is an indicator of a change in credit quality, such as a delinquency or bankruptcy. We write off receivables when we deem them to be uncollectable. As of March 31, 2026, we estimated expected credit loss rates at rates comparable to March 31, 2025 across most asset pools.
INCOME TAXES — We make certain estimates and judgments in determining income tax expense for financial statement reporting purposes. These estimates and judgments occur in the calculation of certain tax assets and liabilities, which principally arise from differences in the timing of recognition of revenue and expense for tax and financial statement reporting purposes. We also must analyze income tax reserves, as well as determine the likelihood of recoverability of deferred tax assets and adjust any valuation allowances accordingly.
41
Table of Contents
Considerations with respect to the recoverability of deferred tax assets include the period of expiration of the tax asset, planned use of the tax asset, and historical and projected taxable income as well as tax liabilities for the tax jurisdiction to which the tax asset relates. Valuation allowances are evaluated periodically and will be subject to change in each future reporting period as a result of changes in one or more of these factors. The calculation of our tax liabilities also involves considering uncertainties in the application of complex tax regulations. We recognize liabilities for uncertain income tax positions based on our estimate of whether, and the extent to which, additional taxes will be required.
Several foreign jurisdictions are implementing or considering a 15% minimum effective tax rate under the OECD's Global Anti-Base Erosion (“Pillar Two”) model rules. This applies to multinational companies with consolidated revenue above €750 million. Companies must calculate a combined effective tax rate for all entities in a jurisdiction, and if it is below 15%, a top-up tax is required. We qualified under the safe harbor provisions in jurisdictions that have implemented Pillar Two to date, therefore, no top-up tax applies.
BUSINESS COMBINATIONS — We account for business combinations using the acquisition method. For each acquisition, we recognize most assets acquired, and liabilities assumed at their fair values at the acquisition date. Our valuations of certain assets acquired, including customer relationships and trade names, and certain liabilities assumed, involve significant judgment and estimation. Additionally, our determination of the purchase price may include an estimate for the fair value of contingent consideration. We utilize independent valuation specialists to assist us in determining the fair value of certain assets and liabilities. Our valuations utilize significant estimates, such as forecasted revenues and profits. Changes in our estimates could significantly impact the value of certain assets and liabilities.
Recent Accounting Pronouncements
Please refer to Note 3, “Recent Accounting Pronouncements” in the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements included in Part II, Item 8 of this Form 10-K.
MD&A history
Prior-year 10-K MD&A spans are extracted from SEC filings with the same bounded parser used for the latest filing. The latest 10-K appears above; prior years are below.
FY 2025 10-K MD&A
SEC filing source: 0001140361-25-020204.
ITEM 7.
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
The following discussion and analysis of the financial condition and results of operations (the “financial review”) of ePlus is intended to help investors understand our company and our operations. The financial review is provided as a supplement to, and should be read in conjunction with, the Consolidated Financial Statements and the related notes included elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
For a financial review and a discussion of results for the year ended March 31, 2024, compared to the results for the year ended March 31, 2023, see “Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” in our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended March 31, 2024, filed with the SEC on May 23, 2024.
EXECUTIVE OVERVIEW
We are a leading solutions provider in the areas of security, cloud, networking, collaboration, AI, and emerging technologies. We deliver actionable outcomes for organizations by using IT and consulting solutions to drive business agility and innovation. Leveraging our engineering talent, we assess, plan, deliver, and secure solutions comprised of leading technologies and consumption models aligned with our customers’ needs. Our expertise and experience enable us to craft optimized solutions that take advantage of the cost, scale, and efficiency of private, public and hybrid cloud services in an evolving market.
As part of our solutions, we provide consulting, professional services, managed services, IT staff augmentation, and complete lifecycle management services in the areas of security, cloud, networking, collaboration, and emerging technologies. Further, we offer professional services in the spaces of digital signage, EV charging solutions, loss prevention and security, store openings, remodels, and store closings.
We deliver integrated solutions that address our customers’ business needs, leveraging the appropriate technologies, both on-premises and in the cloud. Our approach is to lead with advisory consulting to understand our customers’ needs, and then design, deploy, and manage solutions aligned to their objectives. Underpinning the broader areas of cloud, security, networking, and collaboration are specific skills in orchestration and automation, application modernization, DevSecOps, zero-trust architectures, data management, data visualization, analytics, network modernization, edge computing and other advanced and emerging technologies. These solutions are comprised of class-leading technologies from our commercial partners.
We are a reseller for thousands of manufacturers, which have enabled us to provide our customers with new and evolving IT solutions. We possess top-level IT engineering certifications with a broad range of leading IT vendors that enable us to offer IT solutions that are optimized for each of our customers’ specific requirements.
Additionally, we offer flexible financing for purchases from us and from third parties. We have been in the business of selling, leasing, financing, and managing IT and other assets for more than 30 years.
We serve primarily middle market to large enterprises across diverse markets including telecom, media and entertainment, technology, state and local government and educational institutions (“SLED”), healthcare, and financial services. We sell to customers in the United States (“US”), which account for most of our sales, and to customers in select international markets including the United Kingdom (“UK”), the European Union (“EU”), India, and Singapore.
BUSINESS TRENDS
We believe the following key factors are impacting our business performance and our ability to achieve business results:
●
General economic concerns including changes in law by the current US government, inflation, tariffs, sanctions, changing interest rates, staffing shortages, remote work trends, geopolitical concerns and changes in US government spending and contracting practices may impact our customers’ willingness to spend on technology, services and financing.
25
Table of Contents
●
We are experiencing pricing pressure and project delays within our enterprise accounts impacting our gross profit. Our financing quotes are generally indexed to market rates to enable us to change rates from time of quote to funding. Financing transactions funded with our cash flows, not debt, are subject to interest rate risk. If the market interest rate exceeds our internal rate of return, we may not fund the transaction to obtain the proceeds and lock in our profit on the transaction. Also, we are experiencing constriction of funds available for certain transactions and more stringent assessment of our financing arrangements by our lenders. Additionally, there is uncertainty as to how the recent change in the US government administration will impact current and future transactions involving the US federal government.
●
Our customers’ top focus areas include AI, security, cloud solutions, as well as digital transformation and modernization. We have developed advisory services, assessments, solutions, and professional and managed services to meet these priorities and help our customers attain and maintain their desired outcome.
●
Modernizing legacy applications, data modernization, reducing operational complexity, securing workloads, the cost and performance of IT operations, and agility are changing the way companies are purchasing and consuming technology. These are fueling deployments of solutions on cloud, managed services and hybrid platforms and licensing models, which may include invoicing over the term of the engagement and may result in additional revenue recognized on a net basis.
●
Rapid cloud adoption has led to customer challenges around increasing costs, security concerns, and skillset gaps. These challenges are consistent across all industries and business sizes. We have developed a Cloud Managed Services portfolio to address these needs, allowing our clients to focus on driving business outcomes via optimized and secure cloud platforms.
KEY BUSINESS METRICS
Our management monitors several financial and non-financial measures and ratios on a regular basis to track the progress of our business. We believe that the most important of these measures and ratios include net sales, gross profit and margin, operating income margin, net earnings, and net earnings per common share, in each case based on information prepared in accordance with United States Generally Accepted Accounting Principles (“US GAAP”), as well as the non-GAAP financial measures and ratios, including Adjusted EBITDA, Adjusted EBITDA margin, Non-GAAP: Net earnings and Non-GAAP: Net earnings per common share - diluted.
We also use a variety of operating and other information to evaluate the operating performance of our business, develop financial forecasts, make strategic decisions, and prepare and approve annual budgets. We use gross billings as an operational metric to assess the volume of transactions or market share for our technology business segments—product, professional services, and managed services—as well as to understand changes in our accounts receivable and accounts payable balances and our statement of cash flows. We believe our gross billings metrics will aid investors in the same manner to evaluate our business.
These key indicators include financial information that is prepared in accordance with US GAAP and presented in our consolidated financial statements, as well as non-GAAP and operational performance measurement tools. Generally, a non-GAAP financial measure is a numerical measure of a company’s performance or financial position that either excludes or includes amounts that are correspondingly not normally excluded or included in the most directly comparable measure calculated and presented in accordance with US GAAP. Our use of non-GAAP information as analytical tools has limitations, and you should not consider them in isolation or as substitutes for analysis of our financial results reported under GAAP, as these measures used by management may differ from similar measures used by other companies, even when similar terms are used to identify such measures.
In footnotes (1) and (2) of the tables that immediately follow the next paragraph are our reasons for using and presenting Adjusted EBITDA, Adjusted EBITDA margin, Non-GAAP: Net earnings and Non-GAAP: Net earnings per common share-diluted.
The following tables provide our key business metrics for our consolidated entity, our technology business segments- consisting of our product, professional services, and managed services segments- and our financing business segment (in thousands, except per share amounts):
26
Table of Contents
| Year Ended March 31, | |||||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 2025 | 2024 | 2023 | |||||||||
| Consolidated | |||||||||||
| Financial Metrics | |||||||||||
| Net sales | $ | 2,068,789 | $ | 2,225,302 | $ | 2,067,718 | |||||
| Gross profit | $ | 569,121 | $ | 550,793 | $ | 517,524 | |||||
| Gross margin | 27.5 | % | 24.8 | % | 25.0 | % | |||||
| Operating income margin | 6.8 | % | 7.1 | % | 8.0 | % | |||||
| Net earnings | $ | 107,978 | $ | 115,776 | $ | 119,356 | |||||
| Net earnings margin | 5.2 | % | 5.2 | % | 5.8 | % | |||||
| Net earnings per common share - diluted | $ | 4.05 | $ | 4.33 | $ | 4.48 | |||||
| Non-GAAP Financial Metrics | |||||||||||
| Non-GAAP: Net earnings (1) | $ | 124,475 | $ | 131,327 | $ | 133,931 | |||||
| Non-GAAP: Net earnings per common share - diluted (1) | $ | 4.67 | $ | 4.92 | $ | 5.02 | |||||
| Adjusted EBITDA (2) | $ | 178,234 | $ | 190,441 | $ | 190,592 | |||||
| Adjusted EBITDA margin (2) | 8.6 | % | 8.6 | % | 9.2 | % | |||||
| Technology business segments | |||||||||||
| Financial Metrics | |||||||||||
| Net sales | |||||||||||
| Product | $ | 1,608,768 | $ | 1,883,809 | $ | 1,750,802 | |||||
| Professional services | 229,030 | 154,549 | 151,785 | ||||||||
| Managed services | 171,347 | 137,528 | 112,658 | ||||||||
| Total | $ | 2,009,145 | $ | 2,175,886 | $ | 2,015,245 | |||||
| Gross profit | |||||||||||
| Product | $ | 373,557 | $ | 397,618 | $ | 380,741 | |||||
| Professional services | 90,517 | 68,194 | 61,594 | ||||||||
| Managed services | 51,307 | 42,667 | 32,155 | ||||||||
| Total | $ | 515,381 | $ | 508,479 | $ | 474,490 | |||||
| Gross margin | |||||||||||
| Product | 23.2 | % | 21.1 | % | 21.7 | % | |||||
| Professional services | 39.5 | % | 44.1 | % | 40.6 | % | |||||
| Managed services | 29.9 | % | 31.0 | % | 28.5 | % | |||||
| Total | 25.7 | % | 23.4 | % | 23.5 | % | |||||
| Operating income | $ | 106,293 | $ | 132,560 | $ | 140,110 | |||||
| Non-GAAP Financial Metric | |||||||||||
| Adjusted EBITDA (2) | $ | 142,843 | $ | 164,409 | $ | 164,184 | |||||
| Operational Metrics | |||||||||||
| Gross billings (3) | |||||||||||
| Networking | $ | 929,708 | $ | 1,172,274 | $ | 927,319 | |||||
| Cloud | 865,855 | 824,128 | 892,308 | ||||||||
| Security | 683,597 | 625,392 | 639,416 | ||||||||
| Collaboration | 120,369 | 120,960 | 127,027 | ||||||||
| Other | 244,997 | 262,439 | 282,748 | ||||||||
| Product gross billings | 2,844,526 | 3,005,193 | 2,868,818 | ||||||||
| Service billings | 435,921 | 324,571 | 277,070 | ||||||||
| Total gross billings | $ | 3,280,447 | $ | 3,329,764 | $ | 3,145,888 | |||||
| Financing business segment | |||||||||||
| Financial Metrics | |||||||||||
| Net sales | $ | 59,644 | $ | 49,416 | $ | 52,473 | |||||
| Gross profit | $ | 53,740 | $ | 42,314 | $ | 43,034 | |||||
| Operating income | $ | 35,120 | $ | 25,697 | $ | 26,052 | |||||
| Non-GAAP Financial Metric | |||||||||||
| Adjusted EBITDA (2) | $ | 35,391 | $ | 26,032 | $ | 26,408 |
(1)
Non-GAAP: Net earnings and Non-GAAP: Net earnings per common share – diluted are based on net earnings calculated in accordance with US GAAP, adjusted to exclude other (income) expense, share-based compensation, and acquisition and integration expenses, and the related tax effects.
27
Table of Contents
We use Non-GAAP: Net earnings and Non-GAAP: Net earnings per common share – diluted as supplemental measures of our performance to gain insight into our operating performance and performance trends. We believe that the exclusion of other income and acquisition-related amortization expense in calculating Non-GAAP: Net earnings and Non-GAAP: Net earnings per common share – diluted provides management and investors a useful measure for period-to-period comparisons of our business and operating results by excluding items that management believes are not reflective of our underlying operating performance. Accordingly, we believe that Non-GAAP: Net earnings and Non-GAAP: Net earnings per common share – diluted provide useful information to investors and others in understanding and evaluating our operating results. However, our use of non-GAAP information as analytical tools has limitations, and you should not consider them in isolation or as substitutes for analysis of our financial results as reported under US GAAP. In addition, other companies, including companies in our industry, might calculate similar Non-GAAP: Net earnings and Non-GAAP: Net earnings per common share – diluted or similarly titled measures differently, which may reduce their usefulness as comparative measures. Our acquisition related expenses for the year ended March 31, 2025, are related to our acquisition of Bailiwick Services, LLC (“Bailiwick”).
The following table provides our calculation of Non-GAAP: Net earnings and Non-GAAP: Net earnings per common share – diluted (in thousands, except per share amounts):
| Year Ended March 31, | ||||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 2025 | 2024 | 2023 | ||||||||
| GAAP: Earnings before tax | $ | 148,839 | $ | 161,093 | $ | 162,974 | ||||
| Share-based compensation | 9,996 | 9,731 | 7,824 | |||||||
| Acquisition related expenses | 1,072 | - | - | |||||||
| Acquisition related amortization expense | 19,929 | 15,180 | 9,411 | |||||||
| Other (income) expense—net | (7,426 | ) | (2,836 | ) | 3,188 | |||||
| Non-GAAP: Earnings before provision for income taxes | 172,410 | 183,168 | 183,397 | |||||||
| GAAP: Provision for income taxes | 40,861 | 45,317 | 43,618 | |||||||
| Share-based compensation | 2,742 | 2,772 | 2,104 | |||||||
| Acquisition related expenses | 300 | - | - | |||||||
| Acquisition related amortization expense | 5,495 | 4,306 | 2,527 | |||||||
| Other (income) expense—net | (1,990 | ) | (831 | ) | 950 | |||||
| Tax benefit (expense) on restricted stock | 527 | 277 | 267 | |||||||
| Non-GAAP: Provision for income taxes | 47,935 | 51,841 | 49,466 | |||||||
| Non-GAAP: Net earnings | $ | 124,475 | $ | 131,327 | $ | 133,931 |
28
Table of Contents
| Year Ended March 31, | |||||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 2025 | 2024 | 2023 | |||||||||
| GAAP: Net earnings per common share - diluted | $ | 4.05 | $ | 4.33 | $ | 4.48 | |||||
| Share-based compensation | 0.27 | 0.27 | 0.21 | ||||||||
| Acquisition related expenses | 0.03 | - | - | ||||||||
| Acquisition related amortization expense | 0.54 | 0.40 | 0.26 | ||||||||
| Other (income) expense—net | (0.20 | ) | (0.07 | ) | 0.08 | ||||||
| Tax benefit (expense) on restricted stock | (0.02 | ) | (0.01 | ) | (0.01 | ) | |||||
| Total non-GAAP adjustments - net of tax | 0.62 | 0.59 | 0.54 | ||||||||
| Non-GAAP: Net earnings per common share - diluted | $ | 4.67 | $ | 4.92 | $ | 5.02 |
(2)
We define Adjusted EBITDA as net earnings calculated in accordance with US GAAP, adjusted for the following: interest expense, depreciation and amortization, share-based compensation, acquisition and integration expenses, provision for income taxes, and other income. Adjusted EBITDA presented for the technology business segments and the financing business segment is defined as operating income calculated in accordance with US GAAP, adjusted for interest expense, share-based compensation, acquisition and integration expenses, and depreciation and amortization. We consider the interest on notes payable from our financing business segment and depreciation expense presented within cost of sales, which includes depreciation on assets financed as operating leases, to be operating expenses. As such, they are not included in the amounts added back to net earnings in the Adjusted EBITDA calculation. In the table below, we provide a reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA to net earnings, which is the most directly comparable financial measure to this non-GAAP financial measure. Adjusted EBITDA margin is our calculation of Adjusted EBITDA divided by net sales.
We use Adjusted EBITDA as a supplemental measure of our performance to gain insight into our operating performance and performance trends. We believe that the exclusion of other income in calculating Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA margin provides management and investors a useful measure for period-to-period comparisons of our business and operating results by excluding items that management believes are not reflective of our underlying operating performance. Accordingly, we believe that Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA margin provide useful information to investors and others in understanding and evaluating our operating results. However, our use of Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA margin as analytical tools has limitations, and you should not consider them in isolation or as substitutes for analysis of our financial results as reported under US GAAP. In addition, other companies, including companies in our industry, might calculate Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA margin or similarly titled measures differently, which may reduce their usefulness as comparative measures.
29
Table of Contents
The following table provides our calculations of Adjusted EBITDA (in thousands):
| Year Ended March 31, | ||||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 2025 | 2024 | 2023 | ||||||||
| Consolidated | ||||||||||
| Net earnings | $ | 107,978 | $ | 115,776 | $ | 119,356 | ||||
| Provision for income taxes | 40,861 | 45,317 | 43,618 | |||||||
| Share-based compensation | 9,996 | 9,731 | 7,824 | |||||||
| Depreciation and amortization | 25,753 | 21,025 | 13,709 | |||||||
| Acquisition related expenses | 1,072 | - | - | |||||||
| Interest and financing costs | - | 1,428 | 2,897 | |||||||
| Other (income) expense | (7,426 | ) | (2,836 | ) | 3,188 | |||||
| Adjusted EBITDA | $ | 178,234 | $ | 190,441 | $ | 190,592 | ||||
| Technology business segments | ||||||||||
| Operating income | $ | 106,293 | $ | 132,560 | $ | 140,110 | ||||
| Share-based compensation | 9,725 | 9,470 | 7,579 | |||||||
| Depreciation and amortization | 25,753 | 20,951 | 13,598 | |||||||
| Acquisition related expenses | 1,072 | - | - | |||||||
| Interest and financing costs | - | 1,428 | 2,897 | |||||||
| Adjusted EBITDA | $ | 142,843 | $ | 164,409 | $ | 164,184 | ||||
| Financing business segment | ||||||||||
| Operating income | $ | 35,120 | $ | 25,697 | $ | 26,052 | ||||
| Share-based compensation | 271 | 261 | 245 | |||||||
| Depreciation and amortization | - | 74 | 111 | |||||||
| Adjusted EBITDA | $ | 35,391 | $ | 26,032 | $ | 26,408 |
(3)
Gross billings are the total dollar value of customer purchases of goods and services including shipping charges during the period, net of customer returns, credit memos, and sales or other taxes. Gross billings include the transaction values for certain sales transactions that are recognized on a net basis, and, therefore, include amounts that will not be recognized as revenue.
FINANCIAL SUMMARY
Net sales: Net sales for the year ended March 31, 2025, decreased $156.5 million compared to the prior fiscal year. The decrease in net sales was driven by lower product revenues offset by higher managed services and professional services revenue from our technology business segments, and higher revenues from our financing business segment. For additional information, see the “Segment Results of Operations” below.
Gross profit: Consolidated gross profit for the year ended March 31, 2025, increased $18.3 million compared to the prior fiscal year due to increases in professional and managed services that were partially offset by declines in product sales. Overall, gross margins were up by 270 basis points year over year to 27.5%, primarily due to higher product margins led by a shift in product mix towards sales of third-party maintenance and subscriptions that are recognized on a net basis, partially offset by lower services margins.
Operating expenses: Operating expenses for the year ended March 31, 2025, increased $35.2 million compared to the prior fiscal year. Our increase in operating expenses was primarily due to an increase in salaries and benefits, general and administrative expenses, acquisition related expenses, and depreciation and amortization expenses, partially offset by a decrease in interest and financing costs. Our increases in these categories for the year ended March 31, 2025, compared to the prior fiscal year, were partially due to our acquisition of Bailiwick in August 2024. As of March 31, 2025, we had 2,199 employees, an increase of 15.7% from 1,900 as of March 31, 2024, largely due to our acquisition of Bailiwick. For additional information, see the “Segment Results of Operations” below.
Operating income: As a result of the foregoing, operating income for the year ended March 31, 2025, decreased $16.8 million compared to the prior fiscal year, and operating margin decreased by 30 basis points to 6.8%.
Adjusted EBITDA for the year ended March 31, 2025, decreased $12.2 million compared to the prior fiscal year. Adjusted EBITDA margin for the year ended March 31, 2025, remained flat at 8.6%, as compared to the prior fiscal year. The decrease in Adjusted EBITDA was due to a decrease from our technology business segments, which was offset by higher Adjusted EBITDA from our financing business segment.
Net earnings per common share—diluted for the year ended March 31, 2025, decreased $0.28, to $4.05 per share, as compared to $4.33 per share in the prior fiscal year. Non-GAAP: Net earnings per common share—diluted for the year ended March 31, 2025, decreased $0.25, to $4.67 per share, as compared to $4.92 per share for the year ended March 31, 2024.
30
Table of Contents
SEGMENT OVERVIEW
Technology business segments
Our technology business includes three segments: product, professional services, and managed services as further discussed below.
●
Product segment: Our product segment consists of the sale of third-party hardware, third-party perpetual and subscription software, and third-party maintenance, software assurance, and other third-party services. The product segment also includes internet-based business-to-business supply chain management solutions for IT products.
●
Professional services segment: Our professional services segment includes our advanced professional services to our customers that are performed under time and materials, fixed fee, or milestone contracts. Professional services include consulting, assessments, architecture, deployment, and configuration, logistic services, training, staff augmentation services, and project management services. Additionally, we offer professional services in the spaces of digital signage, EV charging solutions, loss prevention and security, store openings, remodels, and store closings.
●
Managed services segment: Our managed services segment includes our advanced managed services that encompass managing various aspects of our customers’ environments that are billed in regular intervals over a contract term, usually between three to five years. Managed services also include security solutions, storage-as-a-service, cloud hosted services, cloud managed services, and service desk.
We manage the technology business segments based on gross profit and the operating expenses associated with these segments in total as our technology business.
Our technology business segments sell primarily to corporations and SLED institutions. Customers of our technology business may have a customer master agreement (“CMA”) with our company, which stipulates the terms and conditions of the commercial relationship. Some CMAs contain pricing arrangements, and most contain mutual voluntary termination clauses. Our other customers place orders using purchase orders without a CMA in place or with other documentation customary for the business. Often, our work with state and local governments is based on public bids and our written bid responses. Our service engagements are generally governed by statements of work and are primarily fixed price (with allowance for changes); however, some service agreements are based on time and materials.
We endeavor to minimize the cost of sales in our product segment through incentive programs provided by vendors and distributors. The programs we qualify for are generally set by our reseller authorization level with the vendor. The authorization level we achieve and maintain governs the types of products we can resell as well as such items as variable discounts applied against the list price, funds provided for the marketing of these products and other special promotions. These authorization levels are achieved by us through purchase volume, certifications held by sales executives or engineers and/or contractual commitments by us. The authorization levels are costly to maintain, and these programs continually change; therefore, there is no guarantee of future reductions of costs provided by these vendor consideration programs.
Financing business segment
Our financing business segment offers financing solutions to corporations, government contractors in arrangements where the federal government is the end user, and SLED institutions in the US, which accounts for most of our transactions, and to corporations in select international markets including Canada, the UK, and the EU. Our financing business segment leases IT equipment, medical equipment, and other equipment, and sells the off-lease equipment at the end of the lease. Additionally, our financing business segment finances purchases of third-party software licenses, software assurance, maintenance, and other services.
31
Table of Contents
Financing revenue generally falls into the following three categories:
●
Portfolio income: Interest income from financing receivables and rents due under operating leases.
●
Transactional gains: Net gains or losses on the sale of financial assets.
●
Post-contract earnings: Month-to-month rents; early termination, prepayment, make-whole, or buyout fees; and the sale of off-lease (used) equipment.
Fluctuations in operating results
Our operating results may fluctuate due to customer demand for our products and services, supplier costs including due to the imposition and/or increase in tariffs and inflation, product availability due to supply chain volatility, changes in vendor incentive programs, changes by vendors to increased ratable billing for solutions sets and increased sales of products that are recorded on a net basis, interest rate fluctuations, currency fluctuations, the timing of sales of financial assets, general economic conditions, and differences between estimated residual values and actual amounts realized for leased equipment. We expect to continue to expand by hiring additional staff for specific targeted market areas and roles whenever we can find both experienced personnel and desirable geographic areas over the longer term, which may impact our operating results. We expect to continue to acquire businesses when we locate businesses that are desirable and fit our strategic objectives.
SEGMENT RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
The Year Ended March 31, 2025, Compared to the Year Ended March 31, 2024
TECHNOLOGY BUSINESS SEGMENTS
The results of operations for our technology business segments were as follows (in thousands):
| Year ended March 31, | |||||||||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 2025 | 2024 | Change | Percent Change | ||||||||||||
| Financial metrics | |||||||||||||||
| Net sales | |||||||||||||||
| Product | $ | 1,608,768 | $ | 1,883,809 | $ | (275,041 | ) | (14.6 | )% | ||||||
| Professional services | 229,030 | 154,549 | 74,481 | 48.2 | % | ||||||||||
| Managed services | 171,347 | 137,528 | 33,819 | 24.6 | % | ||||||||||
| Total | $ | 2,009,145 | $ | 2,175,886 | $ | (166,741 | ) | (7.7 | )% | ||||||
| Gross Profit | |||||||||||||||
| Product | 373,557 | 397,618 | (24,061 | ) | (6.1 | )% | |||||||||
| Professional services | 90,517 | 68,194 | 22,323 | 32.7 | % | ||||||||||
| Managed services | 51,307 | 42,667 | 8,640 | 20.2 | % | ||||||||||
| Total | 515,381 | 508,479 | 6,902 | 1.4 | % | ||||||||||
| Selling, general, and administrative | 383,335 | 353,540 | 29,795 | 8.4 | % | ||||||||||
| Depreciation and amortization | 25,753 | 20,951 | 4,802 | 22.9 | % | ||||||||||
| Interest and financing costs | - | 1,428 | (1,428 | ) | (100.0 | )% | |||||||||
| Operating expenses | 409,088 | 375,919 | 33,169 | 8.8 | % | ||||||||||
| Operating income | $ | 106,293 | 132,560 | $ | (26,267 | ) | (19.8 | )% | |||||||
| Key metrics & other information | |||||||||||||||
| Gross billings | $ | 3,280,447 | $ | 3,329,764 | $ | (49,317 | ) | (1.5 | )% | ||||||
| Adjusted EBITDA | $ | 142,843 | $ | 164,409 | $ | (21,566 | ) | (13.1 | )% | ||||||
| Product margin | 23.2 | % | 21.1 | % | |||||||||||
| Professional services margin | 39.5 | % | 44.1 | % | |||||||||||
| Managed services margin | 29.9 | % | 31.0 | % | |||||||||||
| Net sales by customer end market: | |||||||||||||||
| Telecom, media & entertainment | $ | 453,892 | $ | 547,525 | $ | (93,633 | ) | (17.1 | )% | ||||||
| SLED | 333,371 | 329,617 | 3,754 | 1.1 | % | ||||||||||
| Technology | 300,465 | 379,720 | (79,255 | ) | (20.9 | )% | |||||||||
| Healthcare | 286,474 | 278,893 | 7,581 | 2.7 | % | ||||||||||
| Financial services | 174,798 | 243,630 | (68,832 | ) | (28.3 | )% | |||||||||
| All others | 460,145 | 396,501 | 63,644 | 16.1 | % | ||||||||||
| Total | $ | 2,009,145 | 2,175,886 | (166,741 | ) | (7.7 | )% | ||||||||
| Net sales by type: | |||||||||||||||
| Networking | $ | 781,703 | $ | 1,005,679 | $ | (223,976 | ) | (22.3 | )% | ||||||
| Cloud | 509,774 | 546,341 | (36,567 | ) | (6.7 | )% | |||||||||
| Security | 191,872 | 193,956 | (2,084 | ) | (1.1 | )% | |||||||||
| Collaboration | 55,483 | 65,714 | (10,231 | ) | (15.6 | )% | |||||||||
| Other | 69,936 | 72,119 | (2,183 | ) | (3.0 | )% | |||||||||
| Total products | 1,608,768 | 1,883,809 | (275,041 | ) | (14.6 | )% | |||||||||
| Professional services | 229,030 | 154,549 | 74,481 | 48.2 | % | ||||||||||
| Managed services | 171,347 | 137,528 | 33,819 | 24.6 | % | ||||||||||
| Total | $ | 2,009,145 | $ | 2,175,886 | $ | (166,741 | ) | (7.7 | )% |
32
Table of Contents
Net sales: Net sales of the combined technology business segments for the year ended March 31, 2025, decreased compared to the year ended March 31, 2024, due to decreased net sales to customers in telecom, media, and entertainment, technology, and financial service industries, offset by increased net sales to customers in the SLED and healthcare industries.
Product segment sales for the year ended March 31, 2025, decreased compared to the year ended March 31, 2024, due to decreases in demand and a shift in product mix towards sales of third-party maintenance and subscriptions that are recognized on a net basis. These changes were driven by the timing of purchases by existing customers, which are determined by their buying cycles, and the timing of specific IT-related initiatives.
Professional services segment sales for the year ended March 31, 2025, increased compared to the year ended March 31, 2024, primarily due to increases in revenues from the acquisition of Bailiwick.
Managed services segment sales for the year ended March 31, 2025, increased compared to the year ended March 31, 2024, due to ongoing expansion of these service offerings, primarily related to ongoing growth in enhanced maintenance support, cloud services, and service desk services.
Gross profit: Gross profit of the combined technology business segments for the year ended March 31, 2025, increased compared to the year ended March 31, 2024, due to an increase in professional and managed service sales, offset by decrease in product sales. Gross profit margin increased by 230 basis points to 25.7% due to higher product margins, partially offset by lower managed services and professional services margin.
Product segment margin for the year ended March 31, 2025, increased by 210 basis points compared to the year ended March 31, 2024, due to a shift in product mix resulting in a higher proportion of sales of third-party maintenance and subscriptions which are recorded on a net basis partially offset by lower margins to certain enterprise customers. Vendor incentives earned as a percentage of product sales for the year ended March 31, 2025 increased by 40 basis points, which had a positive effect on gross margin, as compared to the prior year.
33
Table of Contents
Professional services segment margin for the year ended March 31, 2025, decreased by 460 basis points, compared to the year ended March 31, 2024, due to our acquisition of Bailiwick whose services tend to have a lower gross margin due to the use of a higher proportion of third parties for delivery than our organic professional services.
Managed services segment margin for the year ended March 31, 2025, decreased by 110 basis points, compared to the year ended March 31, 2024, due to higher third-party costs incurred for cloud services.
Selling, general, and administrative expenses: Selling, general, and administrative expenses for the year ended March 31, 2025, for our technology business segments, increased compared to the year ended March 31, 2024, mainly due to increases in salaries and benefits.
Salaries and benefits, including variable compensation for the year ended March 31, 2025, increased $21.5 million compared to the prior fiscal year, due to an increase of $24.2 million in salaries and benefits, mainly driven by increased headcount, offset by a decrease of $2.9 million in variable compensation. Our technology business segments had a total of 2,166 employees as of March 31, 2025, an increase of 300 from 1,866 employees as of March 31, 2024. We added 441 employees on August 19, 2024 from our acquisition of Bailiwick. In total, we increased the number of customer-facing employees in the technology business by 272 employees as of March 31, 2025, compared to the year ended March 31, 2024. Our increase in customer-facing employees consists of an increase of 277 professional and managed services and technical support personnel, partially offset by a decrease of 5 in sales and marketing personnel.
General and administrative expenses for our technology business segments for the year ended March 31, 2025, increased $6.9 million as compared to the prior fiscal year. General and administrative expenses were higher mainly due to increases in software, subscription, and maintenance fees, warehouse and logistic fees, and office rent. Our increases in these categories for the year ended March 31, 2025, compared to the prior fiscal year, were partially due to our acquisition of Bailiwick in August 2024. Additionally, we incurred $1.1 million in acquisition related expenses due to our acquisition of Bailiwick during the year ended March 31, 2025.
Provision for credit losses for our technology business for the year ended March 31, 2025, was $1.7 million, as compared to $0.4 million for the year ended March 31, 2024. Our higher provision for credit losses for the year ended March 31, 2025, was due to an increase in exposure to accounts with higher credit risk.
Depreciation and amortization expense: Depreciation and amortization of our technology business for the year ended March 31, 2025, increased compared to the year ended March 31, 2024, primarily due to amortization from intangible assets acquired in the Bailiwick acquisition during the year ended March 31, 2025.
Interest and financing costs: Interest and financing costs for the year ended March 31, 2025, decreased, compared to the year ended March 31, 2024, due to lower average borrowings outstanding during the year under our WFCDF Credit Facility. We did not have any outstanding debt on the accounts receivable component of our WFCDF Credit Facility during the year ended March 31, 2025. We had an average borrowing balance of $18.4 million and a weighted average interest rate on the accounts receivable component of our WFCDF Credit Facility of 7.07% during our year ended March 31, 2024.
34
Table of Contents
FINANCING BUSINESS SEGMENT
The results of operations for our financing business segment were as follows (in thousands):
| Year ended March 31, | |||||||||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 2025 | 2024 | Change | Percent Change | ||||||||||||
| Financial Metrics | |||||||||||||||
| Portfolio earnings | $ | 18,229 | $ | 13,937 | $ | 4,292 | 30.8 | % | |||||||
| Transactional gains | 28,866 | 19,016 | 9,850 | 51.8 | % | ||||||||||
| Post-contract earnings | 11,295 | 14,301 | (3,006 | ) | (21.0 | )% | |||||||||
| Other | 1,254 | 2,162 | (908 | ) | (42.0 | )% | |||||||||
| Net sales | $ | 59,644 | $ | 49,416 | $ | 10,228 | 20.7 | % | |||||||
| Gross profit | 53,740 | 42,314 | 11,426 | 27.0 | % | ||||||||||
| Selling, general, and administrative | 16,409 | 14,194 | 2,215 | 15.6 | % | ||||||||||
| Depreciation and amortization | - | 74 | (74 | ) | (100.0 | )% | |||||||||
| Interest and financing costs | 2,211 | 2,349 | (138 | ) | (5.9 | )% | |||||||||
| Operating expenses | 18,620 | 16,617 | 2,003 | 12.1 | % | ||||||||||
| Operating income | $ | 35,120 | $ | 25,697 | $ | 9,423 | 36.7 | % | |||||||
| Key Metrics & Other Information | |||||||||||||||
| Adjusted EBITDA | $ | 35,391 | $ | 26,032 | $ | 9,359 | 36.0 | % |
Net sales: Net sales for the year ended March 31, 2025, increased due to higher portfolio earnings and transactional gains, offset primarily by lower post-contract earnings. Portfolio earnings increased due to a higher average earnings rate. Transactional gains increased due to increased margins. Total proceeds from sales of financing receivables were $634.9 million and $762.6 million for the years ended March 31, 2025, and 2024, respectively. Our proceeds from sales of financing receivables for the year ended March 31, 2025, are lower than the prior fiscal year due in part to a few sales of large financial receivables in the prior year period that were not replicated in the current year period. Post-contract earnings decreased due to lower month-to-month rents and lower proceeds from sales of off-lease equipment.
Gross Profit: Gross profit for the year ended March 31, 2025, increased compared to the year ended March 31, 2024, due to the increase in transactional gains.
Selling, general, and administrative expenses: Selling, general, and administrative expenses for the year ended March 31, 2025, increased compared to the year ended March 31, 2024, due to an increase in general and administrative expenses, variable compensation, and provision for credit losses. General and administrative expenses increased due to higher professional fees. Variable compensation increased due to the increase in gross profit. Provision for credit losses increased due to an increase in our exposure to accounts with a higher credit risk.
Our financing business segment employed 33 people as of March 31, 2025, compared to 34 people as of March 31, 2024. Certain support functions for the financing business segment are shared resources with the technology business and expenses are allocated accordingly.
Interest and financing costs: Interest and financing costs for the year ended March 31, 2025, decreased compared to the year ended March 31, 2024, due to lower average outstanding borrowings and slightly lower interest rates. As of March 31, 2025, our non-recourse notes payable increased to $38.8 million from $36.2 million in the prior year. Our weighted average interest rate for non-recourse notes payable was 6.47% and 6.49% as of March 31, 2025, and 2024, respectively.
CONSOLIDATED
Other income (expense), net: Other income for the year ended March 31, 2025, was $7.4 million, compared to $2.8 million, for the year ended March 31, 2024. Higher other income was driven by increased interest income offset by increased foreign exchange losses. We had $8.6 million in interest income for the year ended March 31, 2025, compared to $2.7 million in the prior fiscal year primarily due to our higher cash balances during the year. We had foreign exchange losses of $1.2 million for the year ended March 31, 2025, compared to a loss of $0.1 million in the prior fiscal year.
Provision for income taxes: Our provision for income tax expense for the years ended March 31, 2025, and 2024 was $40.9 million and $45.3 million, respectively. Our effective income tax rates for the years ended March 31, 2025, and 2024 were 27.5% and 28.1%, respectively. Our effective income tax rate was lower for the year ended March 31, 2025, as compared to the year ended March 31, 2024, primarily due to lower state taxes.
Net earnings: Net earnings for the year ended March 31, 2025, were $108.0 million, a decrease of $7.8 million, as compared to $115.8 million in the prior fiscal year. The decrease in net earnings was due to a decrease in operating profits from our technology business, offset by an increase in other income, driven by increased interest income, an increase in operating profits from our financing business segment, and a decrease in provision for income taxes.
35
Table of Contents
Basic earnings per common share and diluted earnings per common share for the year ended March 31, 2025, were $4.07 and $4.05, respectively, a decrease of 6.4% and 6.5%, as compared to $4.35 and $4.33 for the year ended March 31, 2024.
Weighted average common shares outstanding used in the calculation of basic earnings per common share and diluted earnings per common share were 26.5 million and 26.7 million, respectively, for the year ended March 31, 2025, compared to 26.6 million and 26.7 million, respectively, for the year ended March 31, 2024.
LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES
LIQUIDITY OVERVIEW
We finance our operations through funds generated from operations and through borrowings. We use those funds to meet our capital requirements, which have historically consisted primarily of working capital for operational needs, capital expenditures, purchases of equipment for lease, payments of principal and interest on indebtedness outstanding, acquisitions and the repurchase of shares of our common stock.
Our borrowings in our technology business segments are through our WFCDF Credit Facility. Our borrowings in our financing business segment are primarily through secured borrowings that involve transferring all or part of the contractual payments due to us to third-party financing institutions.
We believe that cash on hand and funds generated from operations, together with available credit under our credit facility, will be sufficient to finance our working capital, capital expenditures, and other requirements for at least the next year.
Our ability to continue to expand, both organically and through acquisitions, is dependent upon our ability to generate enough cash flow from operations or from borrowing or other sources of financing as may be required. While at this time we do not anticipate requiring any additional sources of financing to fund operations, if demand for IT products declines, or if our supply of products is delayed or interrupted, our cash flows from operations may be substantially affected.
CASH FLOWS
The following table summarizes our sources and uses of cash for the years ended March 31, 2025, and 2024 (in thousands):
| Year Ended March 31, | |||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 2025 | 2024 | ||||||
| Net cash provided by operating activities | $ | 302,145 | $ | 248,449 | |||
| Net cash used in investing activities | (128,867 | ) | (61,964 | ) | |||
| Net cash used in financing activities | (37,576 | ) | (36,619 | ) | |||
| Effect of exchange rate changes on cash | 652 | 62 | |||||
| Net increase in cash and cash equivalents | $ | 136,354 | $ | 149,928 |
36
Table of Contents
Cash flows from operating activities
We had cash provided by operating activities of $302.1 million during the year ended March 31, 2025, compared to cash provided by operating activities of $248.4 million during the year ended March 31, 2024. See below for a breakdown of operating cash flows by business (in thousands):
| Year Ended March 31, | |||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 2025 | 2024 | ||||||
| Technology business segments | $ | 313,865 | $ | 248,967 | |||
| Financing business segment | (11,720 | ) | (518 | ) | |||
| Net cash provided by operating activities | $ | 302,145 | $ | 248,449 |
Technology business: During the year ended March 31, 2025, our combined technology business segments provided $313.9 million from operating activities primarily due to net earnings and decreases in accounts receivable and inventory, partially offset by increases in deferred costs.
During the year ended March 31, 2024, our combined technology business segments provided $249.0 million from operating activities primarily due to net earnings and a decrease in inventory, offset by an increase in accounts receivable.
To manage our working capital, we monitor our cash conversion cycle for our technology business segments, which is defined as days sales outstanding (“DSO”) in accounts receivable plus days of supply in inventory (“DIO”) minus days of purchases outstanding in accounts payable (“DPO”).
The following table presents the components of the cash conversion cycle for our technology business segments:
| As of March 31, | |||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 2025 | 2024 | ||||||
| (DSO) Days sales outstanding (1) | 66 | 62 | |||||
| (DIO) Days inventory outstanding (2) | 14 | 23 | |||||
| (DPO) Days payable outstanding (3) | (51 | ) | (39 | ) | |||
| Cash conversion cycle | 29 | 46 |
(1)
Represents the rolling three-month average of the balance of trade accounts receivable-trade, net for our technology business segments at the end of the period divided by Gross billings for the same three-month period.
(2)
Represents the rolling three-month average of the balance of inventory, net for our technology business segments at the end of the period divided by the direct cost of products and services billed to our customers for the same three-month period.
(3)
Represents the rolling three-month average of the combined balance of accounts payable-trade and accounts payable-floor plan for our technology business segments at the end of the period divided by the direct cost of products and services billed to our customers for the same three-month period.
Our standard payment term for customers is between 30-60 days; however, certain customer orders may be approved for extended payment terms. Our DSOs for the quarters ended March 31, 2025, and 2024 were greater than our standard payment terms primarily due to a significant proportion of sales in those quarters to customers with payment terms greater than or equal to net 60 days. Invoices processed through our credit facility, or the A/P-floor plan balance, are typically paid within 45-60 days from the invoice date, while A/P trade invoices are typically paid around 30 days from the invoice date.
Our cash conversion cycle decreased to 29 days for March 31, 2025, compared to 46 days for March 31, 2024, as DSO increased by 4 days, DIO decreased by 9 days, and DPO increased by 12 days from March 31, 2024, to March 31, 2025.
Financing business segment: During the year ended March 31, 2025, our financing business segment used $11.7 million from increases in financing receivables partially offset by an increase in accounts payable and net earnings.
During the year ended March 31, 2024, our financing business segment used $0.5 million from operating activities, primarily due to net earnings and a decrease in accounts receivable, offset by an increase in financing receivables.
37
Table of Contents
Cash flows related to investing activities
During the year ended March 31, 2025, we used $128.9 million in investing activities, consisting of $124.9 million for the acquisition of Bailiwick and $6.6 million for purchases of property, equipment, and operating lease equipment, partially offset by $2.7 million of proceeds from the sale of property, equipment, and operating lease equipment.
During the year ended March 31, 2024, we used $62.0 million in investing activities, consisting of $54.2 million to acquire businesses and $8.5 million for purchases of property, equipment, and operating lease equipment, partially offset by $0.7 million of proceeds from the sale of property, equipment, and operating lease equipment.
Cash flows from financing activities
During the year ended March 31, 2025, we used $37.6 million in financing activities, consisting of $46.9 million to repurchase outstanding shares of our common stock, $15.6 million repayments on the floor plan component of our WFCDF Credit Facility, and $2.3 million paid to the sellers of Peak Resources, Inc. (“Peak”) based on adjustments to a final determination of total net assets delivered in our January 2024 acquisition of Peak, partially offset by $23.6 million in net borrowings of non-recourse notes payable in our financing segment, and $3.6 million in proceeds of issuance of common stock to employees under an employee stock purchase plan.
During the year ended March 31, 2024, we used $36.6 million in financing activities, consisting of $47.4 million repayments on the floor plan component of our WFCDF Credit Facility, $6.0 million to pay off an installment payment arrangement within our technology business, and $9.9 million to repurchase outstanding shares of our common stock, partially offset by $23.7 million in net borrowings of non-recourse and recourse notes payable in our financing segment, and $3.0 million in proceeds of issuance of common stock to employees under an employee stock purchase plan.
Other than recourse borrowings under our WFCDF Credit Facility, our borrowing of recourse and non-recourse notes payable primarily arises from our financing business segment when we transfer contractual payments due to us under lease and financing agreements to third-party financial institutions. When the transfers do not meet the requirements for a sale, the proceeds paid to us represent borrowings of recourse or non-recourse notes payable.
Non-Cash Activities
We transfer contractual payments due to us under lease and financing agreements to third-party financial institutions. In certain assignment agreements, we may direct the third-party financial institution to pay some of the proceeds from the assignment directly to the vendor or vendors that have supplied the assets being leased or financed. In these situations, the portion of the proceeds paid directly to our vendors are non-cash transactions.
SECURED BORROWINGS
We may finance all or most of the cost of the assets that we finance for customers by transferring all or part of the contractual payments due to us to third-party financing institutions. When we account for the transfer as a secured borrowing, we recognize the proceeds as either recourse or non-recourse notes payable. Our customers are responsible for repaying the debt from a secured borrowing. The lender typically secures a lien on the financed assets at the time the financial assets are transferred and releases it upon collecting all the transferred payments. We are not liable for the repayment of non-recourse loans unless we breach our representations and warranties in the loan agreements. The lender assumes the credit risk and its only recourse, upon default by the customer, is against the customer and the specific equipment under lease. While we expect that the credit quality of our financing arrangements and our residual return history will continue to allow us to obtain such financing, such financing may not be available on acceptable terms, or at all. Interest rates have been rising and may continue to rise. To preserve our expected internal rate of return, we generally quote rates that are indexed. Some of our lenders will not commit to rates for a length of time, resulting in exposure to us if the interest rates rise and we cannot pass all or part of such increased interest rates to the customer.
CREDIT FACILITY
We finance the operations of our subsidiaries ePlus Technology, inc. and ePlus Technology Services, inc. (collectively, the “Borrowers”) in our technology business segments through a credit facility with WFCDF. The WFCDF Credit Facility has a floor plan facility and a revolving credit facility.
38
Table of Contents
Please refer to Note 9, “Notes Payable and Credit Facility” in the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements included in Part II, Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K for additional information concerning our WFCDF Credit Facility.
The loss of the WFCDF Credit Facility could have a material adverse effect on our future results as we currently rely on this facility and its components for daily working capital and liquidity for our technology business segments and as an operational function of our accounts payable process.
Floor plan facility
We finance most purchases of products for sale to our customers through the floor plan facility. Once our customer places a purchase order with us and we have approved their credit, we place an order for the desired products with one of our vendors. Our vendors are generally paid by the floor plan facility and our liability is reflected in “accounts payable—floor plan” in our consolidated balance sheets.
Most customer payments to us are remitted to our lockbox accounts. Once payments are cleared, the monies in the lockbox accounts are automatically and daily transferred to our operating account. We pay down the floor plan facility on three specified dates each month, generally 45-60 days from the invoice date. Our borrowings and repayments under the floor plan component are included in “net borrowings (repayments) on floor plan facility” within cash flows from the financing activities in our consolidated statements of cash flows.
As of March 31, 2025, and March 31, 2024, we had a maximum credit limit, including the revolving credit facility, of $500.0 million, and an outstanding balance on the floor plan facility of $89.5 million and $105.1 million, respectively. On our balance sheet, our liability under the floor plan facility is presented as part of accounts payable – floor plan.
Revolving credit facility
Our borrowings and repayments under the revolving credit facility are included in “borrowings of non-recourse and recourse notes payable” and “repayments of non-recourse and recourse notes payable,” respectively, within cash flows from the financing activities in our consolidated statements of cash flows.
As of March 31, 2025, and March 31, 2024, we did not have any outstanding balance under the revolving credit facility. The maximum credit limit under this facility was $200.0 million as of both March 31, 2025, and March 31, 2024.
PERFORMANCE GUARANTEES
In the normal course of business, we may provide certain customers with performance guarantees, which are generally backed by surety bonds. In general, we would only be liable for these guarantees in the event of default in the performance of our obligations. We are in compliance with the performance obligations under all service contracts for which there is a performance guarantee, and we believe that any liability incurred in connection with these guarantees would not have a material adverse effect on our consolidated statements of operations.
OFF-BALANCE SHEET ARRANGEMENTS
As part of our ongoing business, we do not participate in transactions that generate relationships with unconsolidated entities or financial partnerships, such as entities often referred to as structured finance or special purpose entities, which would have been established for the purpose of facilitating off-balance sheet arrangements or other contractually narrow or limited purposes. As of March 31, 2025, and 2024, we were not involved in any unconsolidated special purpose entity transactions.
39
Table of Contents
ADEQUACY OF CAPITAL RESOURCES
The continued implementation of our business strategy will require a significant investment in both resources and managerial focus. In addition, we may selectively acquire other companies that have attractive customer relationships and skilled sales and/or IT engineering forces. We may also open facilities in new geographic areas, which may require a significant investment of cash. We may also acquire technology companies to expand and enhance our geographic footprint, or the platform of bundled solutions to provide additional functionality and value-added services. We may require additional capital due to increases in inventory to accommodate our customers’ IT installation schedules. We may continue to use our internally generated funds to finance investments in leased assets or investments in notes receivable due from our customers. These actions may result in increased working capital needs as the business expands. As a result, we may require additional financing to fund our strategy, implementation, potential future acquisitions, and working capital needs, which may include additional debt and equity financing. While the future is uncertain, we do not expect our WFCDF Credit Facility will be terminated by WFCDF or us. Additionally, while our lending partners in our financing business segment continue to be discerning in their approval processes, we currently have funding resources available for our transactions.
POTENTIAL FLUCTUATIONS IN QUARTERLY OPERATING RESULTS
Our future quarterly operating results and the market price of our common stock may fluctuate. In the event our revenues or earnings for any quarter are less than the level expected by securities analysts or the market in general, such shortfall could have an immediate and significant adverse impact on the market price of our common stock. Any such adverse impact could be greater if any such shortfall occurs near the time of any material decrease in any widely followed stock index or in the market price of the stock of one or more public equipment leasing and financing companies, IT resellers, software competitors, major customers, or vendors of ours.
Our quarterly results of operations are susceptible to fluctuations for a number of reasons, including, but not limited to currency fluctuations, reduction in IT spending, shortages of product from our vendors due to material shortages, any reduction of expected residual values related to the equipment under our leases, the timing and mix of specific transactions, the reduction of manufacturer incentive programs, and other factors. Quarterly operating results could also fluctuate as a result of our sale of equipment in our lease portfolio to a lessee or third-party at the expiration of a lease term or prior to such expiration, and the transfer of financial assets. Sales of equipment and transfers of financial assets may have the effect of increasing revenues and net income during the quarter in which the sale occurs and reducing revenues and net income otherwise expected in subsequent quarters.
We believe that comparisons of quarterly results of our operations are not necessarily meaningful and that results for one quarter should not be relied upon as an indication of future performance.
CONTRACTUAL OBLIGATIONS
Our material contractual obligations consist of payments non-recourse notes payable and lease liabilities. Please refer to Note 5, “Lessee Accounting” and Note 9, “Notes Payable and Credit Facility” in the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements included in Part II, Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K for additional information regarding the maturities of these obligations.
CRITICAL ACCOUNTING ESTIMATES
Our consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with US GAAP. Our significant accounting policies are described in Note 1, “Organization and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies” in the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements included in Part II, Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. The accounting policies described below are significantly affected by critical accounting estimates. Such accounting policies require significant judgments, assumptions, and estimates, and actual results could differ materially from the amounts reported based on these policies.
REVENUE RECOGNITION — When we enter into contracts with customers, we are required to identify the performance obligations in the contract. We recognize most of our revenues from the sales of third-party products, third-party software, third-party maintenance, software support, and services, and ePlus professional and managed services. Our recognition of revenue differs for each of these distinct types of performance obligations and identifying each performance obligation appropriately may require judgment.
When a contract contains multiple distinct performance obligations, we allocate the transaction price to each performance obligation based on its relative standalone selling price. We determine standalone selling prices using expected cost-plus margin. When we finance sales of third-party software and third-party maintenance, software support, and services, we reduce the transaction price by the financing component.
40
Table of Contents
We recognize revenue from sales of third-party products and third-party software at the point in time that control passes to the customer, which is typically upon delivery of the product to the customer. We perform an analysis to estimate the amount of sales in-transit at the end of the period and adjust revenue and the related costs to reflect only what has been delivered to the customer. This analysis is based upon an analysis of current quarter and historical delivery dates.
We recognize revenue from sales of third-party maintenance, software support, and services when our customer and vendor accept the terms and conditions of the arrangement. On occasion, judgment is required to determine this point in time.
We provide ePlus professional services under both time and materials and fixed price contracts. When services are provided on a time and materials basis, we recognize sales at agreed-upon billing rates as services are performed. When services are provided on a fixed fee basis, we recognize sales over time in proportion to our progress toward complete satisfaction of the performance obligation. Using this method requires a determination of the appropriate input or output method to measure progress. We most often measure progress based on costs incurred in proportion to total estimated costs, commonly referred to as the “cost-to-cost” method. When using this method, significant judgment may be required to estimate the total costs to complete the performance obligation. We typically recognize sales of ePlus managed services on a straight-line basis over the period services are provided.
We recognize financing revenues from our investments in leases and notes receivable. We recognize interest income on our notes-receivable using the effective interest method.
We classify our leases as either sales-type leases or operating leases. For sales-type leases, upon lease commencement, we recognize the present value of the lease payments, and the residual asset discounted using the rate implicit in the lease. When we are financing equipment provided by another dealer, we typically do not have any selling profit or loss arising from the lease. When we are the dealer of the equipment being leased, we typically recognize revenue in the amount of the lease receivable and cost of sales in the amount of the carrying value of the underlying asset minus the unguaranteed residual asset. We may need to use judgment to determine the fair value of the equipment. After the commencement date, we recognize interest income as part of net sales using the effective interest method. For operating leases, we recognize the underlying asset as an operating lease asset. We depreciate the asset on a straight-line basis to its estimated residual value over its estimated useful life. We recognize the lease payments over the lease term on a straight-line basis as part of net sales.
We account for the transfer of financial assets as sales or secured borrowings. When a transfer meets all the requirements for sale accounting, we derecognize the financial asset and record a net gain or loss that is included in net sales. We utilize qualified attorneys to provide a true-sale-at-law opinion to support the conclusion that transferred financial assets have been legally isolated.
RESIDUAL ASSETS — Our estimate for the residual asset in a lease is the amount we expect to derive from the underlying asset following the end of the lease term. Our estimates vary, both in amount and as a percentage of the original equipment cost, and depend upon several factors, including the equipment type, vendor’s discount, market conditions, lease term, equipment supply and demand, and new product announcements by vendors. We evaluate residual values for impairment on a quarterly basis. We do not recognize upward adjustments due to changes in estimates of residual values.
GOODWILL — We test goodwill for impairment on an annual basis, as of October 1, and between annual tests if an event occurs, or circumstances change, that would more likely than not reduce the fair value of a reporting unit below its carrying amount. Goodwill is tested for impairment at a level of reporting referred to as a reporting unit.
In a qualitative assessment, we assess qualitative factors to determine whether it is more likely than not (that is, a likelihood of more than 50%) that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount, including goodwill. A significant amount of judgment is involved in determining if an event representing an indicator of impairment has occurred between annual test dates. Such indicators may include: a significant decline in expected future cash flows; a sustained, significant decline in stock price and market capitalization; a significant adverse change in legal factors or in the business climate; unanticipated competition; the testing for recoverability of a significant asset group within a reporting unit; and reductions in revenue or profitability growth rates.
41
Table of Contents
In the quantitative impairment test, we compare the fair value of a reporting unit with its carrying amount, including goodwill. We estimate the fair value of each reporting unit using a combination of the income approach and market approaches.
The income approach incorporates the use of a discounted cash flow method in which the estimated future cash flows and terminal values for each reporting unit are discounted to a present value using a discount rate. Cash flow projections are based on management’s estimates of economic and market conditions which drive key assumptions of revenue growth rates, operating margins, capital expenditures and working capital requirements. The discount rate in turn is based on the specific risk characteristics of each reporting unit, the weighted average cost of capital and its underlying forecast.
The market approach estimates fair value by applying performance metric multiples to the reporting unit’s prior and expected operating performance. The multiples are derived from comparable publicly traded companies with similar operating and investment characteristics as the reporting unit.
The fair values determined by the market approach and income approach, as described above, are weighted to determine the fair value for each reporting unit. Although we have consistently used the same methods in developing the assumptions and estimates underlying the fair value calculations, such estimates are uncertain and may vary from actual results.
VENDOR CONSIDERATION — We receive payments and credits from vendors and distributors, including consideration pursuant to volume incentive programs, and shared marketing expense programs. Many of these programs extend over one or more quarters’ sales activities. Different programs have different vendor/program specific goals to achieve. We recognize the rebates pursuant to volume incentive programs, when the rebate is probable and reasonably estimable, based on a systematic and rational allocation of the cash consideration offered to each of the underlying transactions that results in our progress towards earning the rebate. Should our actual performance be different from our estimates, we may be required to adjust our receivables.
ALLOWANCE FOR CREDIT LOSSES — We maintain an allowance for credit losses related to our accounts receivable and financing receivables. We record an expense in the amount necessary to adjust the allowance for credit losses to our current estimate of expected credit losses on financial assets. We estimate expected credit losses based on our internal rating of the customer’s credit quality, our historical credit losses, current economic conditions, and other relevant factors. Prior to providing credit, we assign an internal rating for each customer’s credit quality based on the customer’s financial status, rating agency reports and other financial information. We review our internal ratings for each customer at least annually or when there is an indicator of a change in credit quality, such as a delinquency or bankruptcy. We write off financing receivables when we deem them to be uncollectable. As of March 31, 2025, we estimated expected credit loss rates related to both our accounts receivable and financing receivables at rates comparable to March 31, 2024 across most asset pools.
INCOME TAXES — We make certain estimates and judgments in determining income tax expense for financial statement reporting purposes. These estimates and judgments occur in the calculation of certain tax assets and liabilities, which principally arise from differences in the timing of recognition of revenue and expense for tax and financial statement reporting purposes. We also must analyze income tax reserves, as well as determine the likelihood of recoverability of deferred tax assets and adjust any valuation allowances accordingly.
Considerations with respect to the recoverability of deferred tax assets include the period of expiration of the tax asset, planned use of the tax asset, and historical and projected taxable income as well as tax liabilities for the tax jurisdiction to which the tax asset relates. Valuation allowances are evaluated periodically and will be subject to change in each future reporting period as a result of changes in one or more of these factors. The calculation of our tax liabilities also involves considering uncertainties in the application of complex tax regulations. We recognize liabilities for uncertain income tax positions based on our estimate of whether, and the extent to which, additional taxes will be required.
Several foreign jurisdictions are implementing or considering a 15% minimum effective tax rate under the OECD’s Global Anti-Base Erosion (“Pillar Two”) model rules. This applies to multinational companies with consolidated revenue above €750 million. Companies must calculate a combined effective tax rate for all entities in a jurisdiction, and if it’s below 15%, a top-up tax is required. We qualified under the safe harbor provisions in jurisdictions that have implemented Pillar Two, so no top-up tax applies.
42
Table of Contents
BUSINESS COMBINATIONS — We account for business combinations using the acquisition method. For each acquisition, we recognize most assets acquired, and liabilities assumed at their fair values at the acquisition date. Our valuations of certain assets acquired, including customer relationships and trade names, and certain liabilities assumed, involve significant judgment and estimation. Additionally, our determination of the purchase price may include an estimate for the fair value of contingent consideration. We utilize independent valuation specialists to assist us in determining the fair value of certain assets and liabilities. Our valuations utilize significant estimates, such as forecasted revenues and profits. Changes in our estimates could significantly impact the value of certain assets and liabilities.
RECENT ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS
Please refer to Note 2, “Recent Accounting Pronouncements” in the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements included in Part II, Item 8 of this Form 10-K.
FY 2024 10-K MD&A
SEC filing source: 0001140361-24-027200.
ITEM 7. MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
The following discussion and analysis of the financial condition and results of operations (the “financial review”) of ePlus is intended to help investors understand our company
and our operations. The financial review is provided as a supplement to, and should be read in conjunction with, the Consolidated Financial Statements and the related notes included elsewhere in this report.
For a discussion of results for the year ended March 31, 2023, compared to the results for the year ended March 31, 2022, see Exhibit 99.4 “Item 7. Management’s
Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” to our Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on October 6, 2023.
EXECUTIVE OVERVIEW
We provide leading IT products and services, flexible leasing and financing solutions, and enterprise supply management to enable our customers to optimize their IT infrastructure and supply chain processes.
We design, implement, and provide IT solutions for customers. We focus primarily on specialized IT segments including cloud, data center, security, networking, collaboration, AI, and service provider and critical
infrastructure. Our solutions incorporate hardware, software, and service products from multiple leading IT vendors as well as our own professional and managed services. As our customers’ IT requirements have grown increasingly complex, we have
evolved our offerings by investing in our professional and managed services capabilities and by expanding our relationships with existing and emerging key vendors.
We are an authorized reseller of over 1,800 vendors, which have enabled us to provide our customers with new and evolving IT solutions. We possess top-level engineering certifications with a broad range of leading IT
vendors that enable us to offer IT solutions that are optimized for each of our customers’ specific requirements.
BUSINESS TRENDS
We believe the following key factors are impacting our business performance and our ability to achieve business results:
| Column 1 | Column 2 | Column 3 |
|---|---|---|
| • | General economic concerns including inflation, rising interest rates, staffing shortages, remote work trends, and geopolitical concerns may impact our customers’ willingness to spend on technology and services. |
| Column 1 | Column 2 | Column 3 |
|---|---|---|
| • | We are experiencing increases in prices from our suppliers. While we generally have been able to pass price increases to our customers, inflation could have a material impact on our sales, gross profit, or operating costs in the future. Our financing quotes are generally indexed to market rates to enable us to change rates from time of quote to funding. Financing transactions funded with our cash flows, not debt, are subject to interest rate risk. If the market interest rate exceeds our internal rate of return, we may not fund the transaction to obtain the proceeds and lock in our profit on the transaction. Also, we are experiencing constriction of funds available and more stringent assessment for our financing arrangements from our lender partners. |
| Column 1 | Column 2 | Column 3 |
|---|---|---|
| • | Our customers’ top focus areas include AI, security, cloud solutions, hybrid work environments (work from home, work from anywhere, and return to office), as well as digital transformation and modernization. We have developed advisory services, assessments, solutions, and professional and managed services to meet these priorities and help our customers attain and maintain their desired outcome. |
| Column 1 | Column 2 | Column 3 |
|---|---|---|
| • | Modernizing legacy applications, data modernization, reducing operational complexity, securing workloads, the cost and performance of IT operations, and agility are changing the way companies are purchasing and consuming technology. These are fueling deployments of solutions on cloud, managed services and hybrid platforms and licensing models, which may include invoicing over the term of the agreement. |
| Column 1 | Column 2 | Column 3 |
|---|---|---|
| • | Rapid cloud adoption has led to customer challenges around increasing costs, security concerns, and skillset gaps. These challenges are consistent across all industries and business sizes. We have developed a Cloud Managed Services portfolio to address these needs, allowing our clients to focus on driving business outcomes via optimized and secure cloud platforms. |
29
Table of Contents
KEY BUSINESS METRICS
Our management monitors several financial and non-financial measures and ratios on a regular basis to track the progress of our business. We believe that the most important of these measures and ratios include net sales, gross profit and margin,
operating income margin, net earnings, and net earnings per common share, in each case based on information prepared in accordance with US GAAP, as well as the non-GAAP financial measures and ratios, including Adjusted EBITDA, Adjusted EBITDA
margin, Non-GAAP: Net earnings and Non-GAAP: Net earnings per common share - diluted.
We also use a variety of operating and other information to evaluate the operating performance of our business, develop financial forecasts, make strategic decisions, and prepare and approve annual budgets. We use gross billings as an
operational metric to assess the volume of transactions or market share for our technology business segments—product, professional services, and managed services—as well as to understand changes in our accounts receivable and accounts payable. We
believe gross billings will aid investors in the same manner.
These key indicators include financial information that is prepared in accordance with US GAAP and presented in our consolidated financial statements, as well as non-GAAP and operational performance measurement tools.
Generally, a non-GAAP financial measure is a numerical measure of a company’s performance or financial position that either excludes or includes amounts that are correspondingly not normally excluded or included in the most directly comparable
measure calculated and presented in accordance with US GAAP. Our use of non-GAAP information as analytical tools has limitations, and you should not consider them in isolation or as substitutes for analysis of our financial results reported under
GAAP, as these measures used by management may differ from similar measures used by other companies, even when similar terms are used to identify such measures.
Set forth in footnotes (1) and (2) of the tables that immediately follow the next paragraph, we set forth our reasons for using and presenting Adjusted EBITDA, Adjusted EBITDA margin, Non-GAAP: Net earnings and Non-GAAP:
Net earnings per common share-diluted in the tables and discussion that follow.
The following tables provide our key business metrics for our consolidated entity, our technology business- consisting of our product, professional services, and managed services segments- and our financing business segment (in thousands, except
per share amounts):
| Year Ended March 31, | ||||||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 2024 | 2023 | 2022 | ||||||||||
| Consolidated | ||||||||||||
| Financial Metrics | ||||||||||||
| Net sales | $ | 2,225,302 | $ | 2,067,718 | $ | 1,821,019 | ||||||
| Gross profit | $ | 550,793 | $ | 517,524 | $ | 460,982 | ||||||
| Gross margin | 24.8 | % | 25.0 | % | 25.3 | % | ||||||
| Operating income margin | 7.1 | % | 8.0 | % | 8.1 | % | ||||||
| Net earnings | $ | 115,776 | $ | 119,356 | $ | 105,600 | ||||||
| Net earnings margin | 5.2 | % | 5.8 | % | 5.8 | % | ||||||
| Net earnings per common share - diluted | $ | 4.33 | $ | 4.48 | $ | 3.93 | ||||||
| Non-GAAP Financial Metrics | ||||||||||||
| Non-GAAP: Net earnings (1) | $ | 131,327 | $ | 133,931 | $ | 117,964 | ||||||
| Non-GAAP: Net earnings per common share - diluted (1) | $ | 4.92 | $ | 5.02 | $ | 4.39 | ||||||
| Adjusted EBITDA (2) | $ | 190,441 | $ | 190,592 | $ | 170,004 | ||||||
| Adjusted EBITDA margin (2) | 8.6 | % | 9.2 | % | 9.3 | % | ||||||
| Technology business segments | ||||||||||||
| Financial Metrics | ||||||||||||
| Net sales | ||||||||||||
| Product | $ | 1,883,809 | $ | 1,750,802 | $ | 1,492,411 | ||||||
| Professional services | 154,549 | 151,785 | 146,747 | |||||||||
| Managed services | 137,528 | 112,658 | 93,878 | |||||||||
| Total | $ | 2,175,886 | $ | 2,015,245 | $ | 1,733,036 | ||||||
| Gross profit | ||||||||||||
| Product | $ | 397,618 | $ | 380,741 | $ | 316,622 | ||||||
| Professional services | 68,194 | 61,594 | 63,384 | |||||||||
| Managed services | 42,667 | 32,155 | 28,147 | |||||||||
| Total | $ | 508,479 | $ | 474,490 | $ | 408,153 | ||||||
| Gross margin | ||||||||||||
| Product | 21.1 | % | 21.7 | % | 21.2 | % | ||||||
| Professional services | 44.1 | % | 40.6 | % | 43.2 | % | ||||||
| Managed services | 31.0 | % | 28.5 | % | 30.0 | % | ||||||
| Total | 23.4 | % | 23.5 | % | 23.6 | % | ||||||
| Operating income | $ | 132,560 | $ | 140,110 | $ | 109,000 | ||||||
| Non-GAAP Financial Metric | ||||||||||||
| Adjusted EBITDA (2) | $ | 164,409 | $ | 164,184 | $ | 131,353 | ||||||
| Operational Metrics | ||||||||||||
| Gross billings (3) | ||||||||||||
| Networking | $ | 1,172,274 | $ | 927,319 | $ | 709,687 | ||||||
| Cloud | 824,128 | 892,308 | 828,002 | |||||||||
| Security | 625,392 | 639,416 | 476,339 | |||||||||
| Collaboration | 120,960 | 127,027 | 131,941 | |||||||||
| Other | 262,439 | 282,748 | 240,586 | |||||||||
| Product gross billings | 3,005,193 | 2,868,818 | 2,386,555 | |||||||||
| Service billings | 324,571 | 277,070 | 239,194 | |||||||||
| Total gross billings | $ | 3,329,764 | $ | 3,145,888 | $ | 2,625,749 | ||||||
| Financing business segment | ||||||||||||
| Financial Metrics | ||||||||||||
| Net sales | $ | 49,416 | $ | 52,473 | $ | 87,983 | ||||||
| Gross profit | $ | 42,314 | $ | 43,034 | $ | 52,829 | ||||||
| Operating income | $ | 25,697 | $ | 26,052 | $ | 38,316 | ||||||
| Non-GAAP Financial Metric | ||||||||||||
| Adjusted EBITDA (2) | $ | 26,032 | $ | 26,408 | $ | 38,651 |
| Column 1 | Column 2 |
|---|---|
| (1) | Non-GAAP: Net earnings and Non-GAAP: Net earnings per common share – diluted are based on net earnings calculated in accordance with US GAAP, adjusted to exclude other (income) expense, share-based compensation, and acquisition and integration expenses, and the related tax effects. |
30
Table of Contents
We use Non-GAAP: Net earnings and Non-GAAP: Net earnings per common share – diluted as supplemental measures of our performance to gain insight into our operating performance and performance trends. We believe that the
exclusion of other income and acquisition-related amortization expense in calculating Non-GAAP: Net earnings and Non-GAAP: Net earnings per common share – diluted provides management and investors a useful measure for period-to-period comparisons
of our business and operating results by excluding items that management believes are not reflective of our underlying operating performance. Accordingly, we believe that Non-GAAP: Net earnings and Non-GAAP: Net earnings per common share – diluted
provide useful information to investors and others in understanding and evaluating our operating results. However, our use of non-GAAP information as analytical tools has limitations, and you should not consider them in isolation or as substitutes
for analysis of our financial results as reported under US GAAP. In addition, other companies, including companies in our industry, might calculate similar Non-GAAP: Net earnings and Non-GAAP: Net earnings per common share – diluted or similarly
titled measures differently, which may reduce their usefulness as comparative measures.
The following table provides our calculation of Non-GAAP: Net earnings and Non-GAAP: Net earnings per common share – diluted (in thousands, except per share amounts):
| Year Ended March 31, | |||||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 2024 | 2023 | 2022 | |||||||||
| GAAP: Earnings before tax | $ | 161,093 | $ | 162,974 | $ | 146,884 | |||||
| Share-based compensation | 9,731 | 7,824 | 7,114 | ||||||||
| Acquisition related amortization expense | 15,180 | 9,411 | 10,072 | ||||||||
| Other (income) expense | (2,836 | ) | 3,188 | 432 | |||||||
| Non-GAAP: Earnings before provision for income taxes | 183,168 | 183,397 | 164,502 | ||||||||
| GAAP: Provision for income taxes | 45,317 | 43,618 | 41,284 | ||||||||
| Share-based compensation | 2,772 | 2,104 | 2,014 | ||||||||
| Acquisition related amortization expense | 4,306 | 2,527 | 2,803 | ||||||||
| Other (income) expense | (831 | ) | 950 | 120 | |||||||
| Tax benefit (expense) on restricted stock | 277 | 267 | 317 | ||||||||
| Non-GAAP: Provision for income taxes | 51,841 | 49,466 | 46,538 | ||||||||
| Non-GAAP: Net earnings | $ | 131,327 | $ | 133,931 | $ | 117,964 |
| Year Ended March 31, | ||||||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 2024 | 2023 | 2022 | ||||||||||
| GAAP: Net earnings per common share - diluted | $ | 4.33 | $ | 4.48 | $ | 3.93 | ||||||
| Share-based compensation | 0.27 | 0.21 | 0.20 | |||||||||
| Acquisition related amortization expense | 0.40 | 0.26 | 0.26 | |||||||||
| Other (income) expense | (0.07 | ) | 0.08 | 0.01 | ||||||||
| Tax benefit (expense) on restricted stock | (0.01 | ) | (0.01 | ) | (0.01 | ) | ||||||
| Total non-GAAP adjustments - net of tax | 0.59 | 0.54 | 0.46 | |||||||||
| Non-GAAP: Net earnings per common share - diluted | $ | 4.92 | $ | 5.02 | $ | 4.39 |
| Column 1 | Column 2 |
|---|---|
| (2) | We define Adjusted EBITDA as net earnings calculated in accordance with US GAAP, adjusted for the following: interest expense, depreciation and amortization, share-based compensation, acquisition and integration expenses, provision for income taxes, and other (income) expense. Adjusted EBITDA presented for the technology business and the financing business segment is defined as operating income calculated in accordance with US GAAP, adjusted for interest expense, share-based compensation, acquisition and integration expenses, and depreciation and amortization. We consider the interest on notes payable from our financing business segment and depreciation expense presented within cost of sales, which includes depreciation on assets financed as operating leases, to be operating expenses. As such, they are not included in the amounts added back to net earnings in the Adjusted EBITDA calculation. In the table below, we provide a reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA to net earnings, which is the most directly comparable financial measure to this non-GAAP financial measure. Adjusted EBITDA margin is our calculation of Adjusted EBITDA divided by net sales. |
31
Table of Contents
We use Adjusted EBITDA as a supplemental measure of our performance to gain insight into our operating performance and performance trends. We believe that the exclusion of other income in calculating Adjusted EBITDA
and Adjusted EBITDA margin provides management and investors a useful measure for period-to-period comparisons of our business and operating results by excluding items that management believes are not reflective of our underlying operating
performance. Accordingly, we believe that Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA margin provide useful information to investors and others in understanding and evaluating our operating results. However, our use of Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA
margin as analytical tools has limitations, and you should not consider them in isolation or as substitutes for analysis of our financial results as reported under US GAAP. In addition, other companies, including companies in our industry, might
calculate Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA margin or similarly titled measures differently, which may reduce their usefulness as comparative measures.
The following table provides our calculations of Adjusted EBITDA (in thousands):
| Year Ended March 31, | |||||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 2024 | 2023 | 2022 | |||||||||
| Consolidated | |||||||||||
| Net earnings | $ | 115,776 | $ | 119,356 | $ | 105,600 | |||||
| Provision for income taxes | 45,317 | 43,618 | 41,284 | ||||||||
| Share-based compensation | 9,731 | 7,824 | 7,114 | ||||||||
| Interest and financing costs | 1,428 | 2,897 | 928 | ||||||||
| Depreciation and amortization | 21,025 | 13,709 | 14,646 | ||||||||
| Other (income) expense | (2,836 | ) | 3,188 | 432 | |||||||
| Adjusted EBITDA | $ | 190,441 | $ | 190,592 | $ | 170,004 | |||||
| Technology business segments | |||||||||||
| Operating income | $ | 132,560 | $ | 140,110 | $ | 109,000 | |||||
| Depreciation and amortization | 20,951 | 13,598 | 14,535 | ||||||||
| Share-based compensation | 9,470 | 7,579 | 6,890 | ||||||||
| Interest and financing costs | 1,428 | 2,897 | 928 | ||||||||
| Adjusted EBITDA | $ | 164,409 | $ | 164,184 | $ | 131,353 | |||||
| Financing business segment | |||||||||||
| Operating income | $ | 25,697 | $ | 26,052 | $ | 38,316 | |||||
| Depreciation and amortization | 74 | 111 | 111 | ||||||||
| Share-based compensation | 261 | 245 | 224 | ||||||||
| Adjusted EBITDA | $ | 26,032 | $ | 26,408 | $ | 38,651 |
| Column 1 | Column 2 |
|---|---|
| (3) | Gross billings are the total dollar value of customer purchases of goods and services including shipping charges during the period, net of customer returns and credit memos, sales, or other taxes. Gross billings include the transaction values for certain sales transactions that are recognized on a net basis, and, therefore, include amounts that will not be recognized as revenue. |
FINANCIAL SUMMARY
Net sales: Net sales for the year ended March 31, 2024, increased 7.6% to $2,225.3 million, or an increase of $157.6 million compared to $2,067.7 million in the prior fiscal year. The increase in net sales was
driven by higher revenues from our technology business segments- product, professional services, and managed services, offset by lower revenues from our financing business segment. For additional information, see the “Segment Results of Operations”
below.
Gross profit: Consolidated gross profit for the year ended March 31, 2024, increased 6.4%, to $550.8 million, compared to $517.5 million in the prior fiscal year due to increased net sales volume. Overall, gross
margins were down by 20 basis points year-over-year as lower product margins were offset by higher service margins.
32
Table of Contents
Operating expenses: Operating expenses for the year ended March 31, 2024, increased $41.1 million, or 11.7%, to $392.5 million, as compared to $351.4 million in the prior fiscal year. Our increase in operating
expenses was primarily due to an increase in salaries and benefits, and an increase in general and administrative expenses. In addition, we had an increase in depreciation and amortization, and provision for credit losses. Offsetting these
increases was a decrease in interest and financing costs. As of March 31, 2024, we had 1,900 employees, an increase of 8.3% from 1,754 as of March 31, 2023. For additional information, see the “Segment Results of Operations” below.
Operating income: As a result of the foregoing, operating income for the year ended March 31, 2024, decreased $7.9 million, or 4.8%, to $158.3 million and operating margin decreased by 90 basis points to 7.1%, as
compared to $166.2 million for the year ended March 31, 2023.
Adjusted EBITDA for the year ended March 31, 2024, was $190.4 million, a decrease of $0.2 million, or 0.1%, compared to the prior fiscal year. Adjusted EBITDA margin for the year ended March 31, 2024, decreased 60 basis
points to 8.6%, as compared to the prior fiscal year period of 9.2%. The decrease in Adjusted EBITDA was due to a decrease from our financing business segment, which was offset by slightly higher Adjusted EBITDA from our technology business
segments. The decrease in Adjusted EBITDA margin was due to a decrease in gross margins and an increase in operating expenses.
Net earnings per common share - diluted for the year ended March 31, 2024, decreased $0.15, or 3.3%, to $4.33 per share, as compared to $4.48 per share in the prior fiscal year. Non-GAAP: Net earnings per common share
diluted for the year ended March 31, 2024, decreased $0.10, or 2.0%, to $4.92 per share, as compared to $5.02 per share for the year ended March 31, 2023.
SEGMENT OVERVIEW
Technology business segments
Our technology business includes three segments: product, professional services, and managed services as further discussed below.
| Column 1 | Column 2 | Column 3 |
|---|---|---|
| • | Product segment: Our product segment consists of the sale of third-party hardware, third-party perpetual and subscription software, and third-party maintenance, software assurance, and other third-party services. The product segment also includes internet-based business-to-business supply chain management solutions for IT products. |
| Column 1 | Column 2 | Column 3 |
|---|---|---|
| • | Professional services segment: Our professional services segment includes our advanced professional services to our customers that are performed under time and materials, fixed fee, or milestone contracts. Professional services include consulting, assessments, configuration, logistic services, training, staff augmentation services, and project management services. |
| Column 1 | Column 2 | Column 3 |
|---|---|---|
| • | Managed services segment: Our managed services segment includes our advanced managed services that encompass managing various aspects of our customers’ environments that are billed in regular intervals over a contract term, usually between three to five years. Managed services also include security solutions, storage-as-a-service, cloud hosted services, cloud managed services, and service desk. |
We manage the technology business segments based on gross profit and the operating expenses associated with these segments in total as our technology business.
Our technology business segments sell primarily to corporations and SLED institutions. Customers of our technology business may have a customer master agreement (“CMA”) with our company, which stipulates the terms and
conditions of the commercial relationship. Some CMAs contain pricing arrangements, and most contain mutual voluntary termination clauses. Our other customers place orders using purchase orders without a CMA in place or with other documentation
customary for the business. Often, our work with state and local governments is based on public bids and our written bid responses. Our service engagements are generally governed by statements of work and are primarily fixed price (with allowance
for changes); however, some service agreements are based on time and materials.
33
Table of Contents
We endeavor to minimize the cost of sales in our product segment through incentive programs provided by vendors and distributors. The programs we qualify for are generally set by our reseller authorization level with the
vendor. The authorization level we achieve and maintain governs the types of products we can resell as well as such items as variable discounts applied against the list price, funds provided for the marketing of these products and other special
promotions. These authorization levels are achieved by us through purchase volume, certifications held by sales executives or engineers and/or contractual commitments by us. The authorization levels are costly to maintain, and these programs
continually change; therefore, there is no guarantee of future reductions of costs provided by these vendor consideration programs.
Financing business segment
Our financing business segment offers financing solutions to corporations, government contractors, and SLED institutions in the US, which accounts for most of our transactions, and to corporations in select international markets including
Canada, the UK, and the EU. The financing business segment derives revenue from leasing IT equipment, medical equipment, and other equipment, and the disposition of that equipment at the end of the lease. The financing business segment also derives
revenues from the financing of third-party software licenses, software assurance, maintenance, and other services.
Financing revenue generally falls into the following three categories:
| Column 1 | Column 2 | Column 3 |
|---|---|---|
| • | Portfolio income: Interest income from financing receivables and rents due under operating leases. |
| Column 1 | Column 2 | Column 3 |
|---|---|---|
| • | Transactional gains: Net gains or losses on the sale of financial assets. |
| Column 1 | Column 2 | Column 3 |
|---|---|---|
| • | Post-contract earnings: Month-to-month rents; early termination, prepayment, make-whole, or buyout fees; and the sale of off-lease (used) equipment. |
Fluctuations in operating results
Our operating results may fluctuate due to customer demand for our products and services, supplier costs, product availability, changes in vendor incentive programs, interest rate fluctuations, currency fluctuations, the
timing of sales of financial assets, general economic conditions, and differences between estimated residual values and actual amounts realized for leased equipment. We expect to continue to expand by hiring additional staff for specific targeted
market areas and roles whenever we can find both experienced personnel and desirable geographic areas over the longer term, which may impact our operating results.
34
Table of Contents
SEGMENT RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
The Year Ended March 31, 2024, Compared to the Year Ended March 31, 2023
TECHNOLOGY BUSINESS SEGMENTS
The results of operations for our technology business segments were as follows (in thousands):
| Year ended March 31, | ||||||||||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 2024 | 2023 | Change | Percent Change | |||||||||||||
| Financial metrics | ||||||||||||||||
| Net sales | ||||||||||||||||
| Product | $ | 1,883,809 | $ | 1,750,802 | $ | 133,007 | 7.6 | % | ||||||||
| Professional services | 154,549 | 151,785 | 2,764 | 1.8 | % | |||||||||||
| Managed services | 137,528 | 112,658 | 24,870 | 22.1 | % | |||||||||||
| Total | $ | 2,175,886 | $ | 2,015,245 | $ | 160,641 | 8.0 | % | ||||||||
| Gross Profit | ||||||||||||||||
| Product | 397,618 | 380,741 | 16,877 | 4.4 | % | |||||||||||
| Professional services | 68,194 | 61,594 | 6,600 | 10.7 | % | |||||||||||
| Managed services | 42,667 | 32,155 | 10,512 | 32.7 | % | |||||||||||
| Total | 508,479 | 474,490 | 33,989 | 7.2 | % | |||||||||||
| Selling, general, and administrative | 353,540 | 317,885 | 35,655 | 11.2 | % | |||||||||||
| Depreciation and amortization | 20,951 | 13,598 | 7,353 | 54.1 | % | |||||||||||
| Interest and financing costs | 1,428 | 2,897 | (1,469 | ) | (50.7 | %) | ||||||||||
| Operating expenses | 375,919 | 334,380 | 41,539 | 12.4 | % | |||||||||||
| Operating income | $ | 132,560 | $ | 140,110 | $ | (7,550 | ) | (5.4 | %) | |||||||
| Key metrics & other information | ||||||||||||||||
| Gross billings | $ | 3,329,764 | $ | 3,145,888 | $ | 183,876 | 5.8 | % | ||||||||
| Adjusted EBITDA | $ | 164,409 | $ | 164,184 | $ | 225 | 0.1 | % | ||||||||
| Product margin | 21.1 | % | 21.7 | % | ||||||||||||
| Professional services margin | 44.1 | % | 40.6 | % | ||||||||||||
| Managed services margin | 31.0 | % | 28.5 | % | ||||||||||||
| Net sales by customer end market: | ||||||||||||||||
| Telecom, media & entertainment | $ | 547,525 | $ | 532,921 | $ | 14,604 | 2.7 | % | ||||||||
| Technology | 379,720 | 393,594 | (13,874 | ) | (3.5 | %) | ||||||||||
| SLED | 329,617 | 290,624 | 38,993 | 13.4 | % | |||||||||||
| Healthcare | 278,893 | 274,936 | 3,957 | 1.4 | % | |||||||||||
| Financial services | 243,630 | 156,257 | 87,373 | 55.9 | % | |||||||||||
| All others | 396,501 | 366,913 | 29,588 | 8.1 | % | |||||||||||
| Total | $ | 2,175,886 | 2,015,245 | 160,641 | 8.0 | % | ||||||||||
| Net sales by type: | ||||||||||||||||
| Networking | $ | 1,005,679 | $ | 803,678 | $ | 202,001 | 25.1 | % | ||||||||
| Cloud | 546,341 | 587,097 | (40,756 | ) | (6.9 | %) | ||||||||||
| Security | 193,956 | 214,459 | (20,503 | ) | (9.6 | %) | ||||||||||
| Collaboration | 65,714 | 57,472 | 8,242 | 14.3 | % | |||||||||||
| Other | 72,119 | 88,096 | (15,977 | ) | (18.1 | %) | ||||||||||
| Total products | 1,883,809 | 1,750,802 | 133,007 | 7.6 | % | |||||||||||
| Professional services | 154,549 | 151,785 | 2,764 | 1.8 | % | |||||||||||
| Managed services | 137,528 | 112,658 | 24,870 | 22.1 | % | |||||||||||
| Total | $ | 2,175,886 | $ | 2,015,245 | $ | 160,641 | 8.0 | % |
Net sales: Net sales of the combined technology business segments for the year ended March 31, 2024, increased compared to the year ended March 31, 2023, driven by demand from customers in telecom, media, and
entertainment, SLED, financial services, and healthcare industries, offset by decreased volume with customers in the technology industry.
Product segment sales for the year ended March 31, 2024, increased compared to the year ended March 31, 2023, due to higher sales of networking equipment and collaboration products, offset by a decline in sales of cloud
and security products. These changes were driven by the timing of purchases by existing customers, which are determined by their buying cycles, and the timing of specific IT related initiatives. In addition, the increase in product segment sales
was due to the addition of product sales to customers from the Network Solutions Group (“NSG”) and Peak Resources, Inc. (“Peak”) acquisitions, which contributed a combined total of $105.0 million.
35
Table of Contents
Professional services segment sales for the year ended March 31, 2024, increased compared to the year ended March 31, 2023, primarily due to an increase in consulting revenue driven by acquisitions during the fiscal year
offset by a decrease in staff augmentation.
Managed services segment sales for the year ended March 31, 2024, increased compared to the year ended March 31, 2023, due to ongoing expansion of these service offerings primarily related to ongoing growth in enhanced
maintenance support, service desk, and security operations center revenues.
Gross profit: Gross profit of the combined technology business segments for the year ended March 31, 2024, increased compared to the year ended March 31, 2023,
due to the increase in product, professional service, and managed service sales. Gross profit margin decreased by 10 basis points to 23.4% due to lower product margin, offset by higher professional service and managed service margin.
Product segment margin for the year ended March 31, 2024, decreased by 60 basis points compared to the year ended March 31, 2023, due to a shift in product mix as we sold a higher proportion of networking
hardware than third party services that are recognized on a net basis. Vendor incentives earned as a percentage of sales for the year ended March 31, 2024 decreased by 10 basis points, which has a negative effect on gross margin, as compared to the
prior year.
Professional services segment margin for the year ended March 31, 2024, increased by 350 basis points, compared to the year ended March 31, 2023, primarily due to a shift in mix toward higher margin
services.
Managed services segment margin for the year ended March 31, 2024, increased by 250 basis points, compared to the year ended March 31, 2023, primarily due to scaled growth in these services.
Selling, general, and administrative expenses: Selling, general, and administrative expenses for the year ended March 31, 2024, for the technology business,
increased compared to the year ended March 31, 2023, mainly due to increases in salaries and benefits.
Salaries and benefits, including variable compensation for the year ended March 31, 2024, increased $30.7 million, or 11.4% to $300.6 million, as compared to $269.9 million in the prior fiscal year, due to an increase of $23.2 million in
salaries and benefits, mainly driven by increased headcount and salary increases. Our technology business had an aggregate of 1,866 employees as of March 31, 2024, an increase of 148 from 1,718 as of March 31, 2023. We added 76 employees from our
acquisition of NSG, and 28 employees from our acquisition of Peak. In total, we added 143 additional customer-facing employees in the technology business for the year ended
March 31, 2024, compared to the year ended March 31, 2023, of which 66 were professional services and technical support personnel due to demand for our services. The increase in variable compensation of $7.5 million was a result of the
corresponding increase in gross profit.
General and administrative expenses for our technology business for the year ended March 31, 2024, increased $4.8 million, or 10.1%, to $52.6 million, as compared to $47.8 million for the year ended March 31, 2023. General and administrative
expenses increased due to higher travel and entertainment costs of $1.4 million due to the return of in-person business meetings and events, higher software, subscription and maintenance fees of $1.3 million, higher advertising and marketing fees
of $1.3 million, higher consulting fees of $0.4 million, and higher facility rent of $0.5 million due to the opening of our Customer Innovation Center.
Provision for credit losses for our technology business for the year ended March 31, 2024, was $0.4 million, as compared to $0.2 million for the year ended March 31, 2023. Our higher provision for credit losses for the year ended March 31, 2024,
was due to changes in our net credit exposure.
Depreciation and amortization expense: Depreciation and amortization of our technology business for the year ended March 31, 2024, increased
compared to the year ended March 31, 2023, primarily due to an increase in amortization from intangible assets acquired in the NSG and Peak acquisitions.
Interest and financing costs: Interest and financing costs for the year ended March 31, 2024, decreased, compared to the year ended
March 31, 2023, due to lower average borrowings outstanding during the year under our WFCDF Credit Facility offset by higher interest rates. Our average month-end borrowing balance on the accounts receivable component of our WFCDF Credit Facility
was $18.4 million over the year ended March 31, 2024, compared to $47.0 million over the prior fiscal year. Our weighted average interest rate on the accounts receivable component of our WFCDF Credit Facility was 7.07% during our year ended March
31, 2024, compared to 5.35% over the prior fiscal year.
36
Table of Contents
FINANCING BUSINESS SEGMENT
The results of operations for our financing business segment were as follows (in thousands):
| Year ended March 31, | ||||||||||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 2024 | 2023 | Change | Percent Change | |||||||||||||
| Financial Metrics | ||||||||||||||||
| Portfolio earnings | $ | 13,937 | $ | 11,356 | $ | 2,581 | 22.7 | % | ||||||||
| Transactional gains | 19,016 | 16,125 | 2,891 | 17.9 | % | |||||||||||
| Post-contract earnings | 14,301 | 23,581 | (9,280 | ) | (39.4 | %) | ||||||||||
| Other | 2,162 | 1,411 | 751 | 53.2 | % | |||||||||||
| Net sales | $ | 49,416 | $ | 52,473 | $ | (3,057 | ) | (5.8 | %) | |||||||
| Gross profit | 42,314 | 43,034 | (720 | ) | (1.7 | %) | ||||||||||
| Selling, general, and administrative | 14,194 | 15,635 | (1,441 | ) | (9.2 | %) | ||||||||||
| Depreciation and amortization | 74 | 111 | (37 | ) | (33.3 | %) | ||||||||||
| Interest and financing costs | 2,349 | 1,236 | 1,113 | 90.0 | % | |||||||||||
| Operating expenses | 16,617 | 16,982 | (365 | ) | (2.1 | %) | ||||||||||
| Operating income | $ | 25,697 | $ | 26,052 | $ | (355 | ) | (1.4 | %) | |||||||
| Key Metrics & Other Information | ||||||||||||||||
| Adjusted EBITDA | $ | 26,032 | $ | 26,408 | $ | (376 | ) | (1.4 | %) |
Net sales: Net sales for the year ended March 31, 2024, decreased due to lower post-contract earnings offset by higher portfolio earnings and transactional gains. Post-contract earnings decreased due to lower
proceeds from sales of off-lease equipment, and lower month-to-month rents. Portfolio earnings increased due to higher average investments outstanding as well as a higher average earnings rate. Transactional gains increased due to higher volume of
financial assets sold during the year. Total proceeds from sales of financing receivables were $762.6 million and $706.0 million for the years ended March 31, 2024, and 2023, respectively. Our proceeds from sales of financing receivables for the
year ended March 31, 2024, are higher than the prior fiscal year due in part to a few large transactions in the current year period.
Gross Profit: Gross profit for the year ended March 31, 2024, decreased compared to the year ended March 31, 2023, due to a decrease in revenue, primarily month-to-month
rents.
Selling, general, and administrative expenses: Selling, general, and administrative expenses for the year ended March 31, 2024, decreased
compared to the year ended March 31, 2023, due to a decrease in variable compensation attributable to the decline in gross profit. In addition, there was a decrease in general and administrative expenses due to lower professional fees. Offsetting
these decreases was an increase in provision for credit losses as we incurred increased expense due to higher investment exposure.
Our financing business segment employed 34 people as of March 31, 2024, compared to 36 people as of March 31, 2023. Certain support functions for the financing business segment are shared resources with the technology
business and expenses are allocated accordingly.
37
Table of Contents
Interest and financing costs: Interest and financing costs for the year ended March 31, 2024, increased compared to the year ended March 31, 2023, due to higher interest rates. As of March 31, 2024, our
non-recourse notes payable increased to $36.2 million from $34.3 million in the prior year. Our weighted average interest rate for non-recourse notes payable was 6.49% and 5.01% as of March 31, 2024, and 2023, respectively.
CONSOLIDATED
Other income (expense), net: Other income, net, for the year ended March 31, 2024, was a benefit of $2.8 million, compared to a net expense of $3.2
million, for the year ended March 31, 2023. The higher net gain was driven by decreased foreign exchange losses and increased interest income, partially offset by a $1.9 million gain that was recognized in the prior fiscal year related to our
claim in a class action lawsuit. We had $2.7 million in interest income in the year ended March 31, 2024, compared to $0.3 million in the prior fiscal year. We had a foreign exchange loss of $0.1 million in the year ended March 31, 2024, compared
to a loss of $5.4 million in the prior fiscal year.
Provision for income taxes: Our provision for income tax expense for the years ended March 31, 2024, and 2023 was $45.3 million and $43.6 million, respectively. Our effective income tax rates for the
years ended March 31, 2024, and 2023 were 28.1% and 26.8%, respectively. Our effective income tax rate was higher for the year ended March 31, 2024, as compared to the year ended March 31, 2023, primarily due
to lower state taxes in the same period in the prior year.
Net earnings: Net earnings for the year ended March 31, 2024, were $115.8 million, a decrease of 3.0% or $3.6 million, as compared to $119.4 million in the prior fiscal
year, mainly due to the decrease in operating profits from our technology business, and higher income taxes. These decreases were offset by an increase in other income, net driven by decreased foreign exchange losses.
Basic earnings per common share and diluted earnings per common share for the year ended March 31, 2024, were $4.35 and $4.33, respectively, a decrease of 3.1% and 3.3%, as compared to $4.49 and $4.48 for the year ended
March 31, 2023.
Weighted average common shares outstanding used in the calculation of basic earnings per common share and diluted earnings per common share were 26.6 million and 26.7 million, respectively, for the years ended March 31,
2024, and 2023.
LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES
LIQUIDITY OVERVIEW
We finance our operations through funds generated from operations and through borrowings. We use those funds to meet our capital requirements, which have historically consisted primarily of working capital for operational
needs, capital expenditures, purchases of equipment for lease, payments of principal and interest on indebtedness outstanding, acquisitions and the repurchase of shares of our common stock.
Our borrowings in our technology business segments are through our WFCDF Credit Facility. Our borrowings in our financing business segment are primarily through secured borrowings that involve transferring all or part of
the contractual payments due to us to third-party financing institutions.
We believe that cash on hand and funds generated from operations, together with available credit under our credit facility, will be enough to finance our working capital, capital expenditures, and other requirements for
at least the next year.
Our ability to continue to expand, both organically and through acquisitions, is dependent upon our ability to generate enough cash flow from operations or from borrowing or other sources of financing as may be required.
While at this time we do not anticipate requiring any additional sources of financing to fund operations, if demand for IT products declines, or if our supply of products is delayed or interrupted, our cash flows from operations may be
substantially affected.
38
Table of Contents
CASH FLOWS
The following table summarizes our sources and uses of cash for the years ended March 31, 2024, and 2023 (in thousands):
| Year Ended March 31, | ||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 2024 | 2023 | |||||||
| Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities | $ | 248,449 | $ | (15,425 | ) | |||
| Net cash used in investing activities | (61,964 | ) | (18,926 | ) | ||||
| Net cash used in financing activities | (36,619 | ) | (20,950 | ) | ||||
| Effect of exchange rate changes on cash | 62 | 3,016 | ||||||
| Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents | $ | 149,928 | $ | (52,285 | ) |
Cash flows from operating activities
We provided $248.4 million from operating activities during the year ended March 31, 2024, compared to using $15.4 million during the year ended March 31, 2023. See below for a breakdown of operating cash flows by
business (in thousands):
| Year Ended March 31, | ||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 2024 | 2023 | |||||||
| Technology business segments | $ | 248,967 | $ | 17,157 | ||||
| Financing business segment | (518 | ) | (32,582 | ) | ||||
| Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities | $ | 248,449 | $ | (15,425 | ) |
Technology business: During the year ended March 31, 2024, our combined technology business segments provided $249.0 million from operating activities primarily due to net earnings
and a decrease in inventory, offset by an increase in accounts receivable.
During the year ended March 31, 2023, our combined technology business segments provided $17.2 million from operating activities primarily due to net earnings and an increase in payables, partially offset by increases in
accounts receivables and inventories.
To manage our working capital, we monitor our cash conversion cycle for our technology segment, which is defined as days sales outstanding (“DSO”) in accounts receivable plus days of supply in inventory (“DIO”) minus days
of purchases outstanding in accounts payable (“DPO”).
The following table presents the components of the cash conversion cycle for our technology business segments:
| As of March 31, | |||
|---|---|---|---|
| 2024 | 2023 | ||
| (DSO) Days sales outstanding (1) | 62 | 74 | |
| (DIO) Days inventory outstanding (2) | 23 | 38 | |
| (DPO) Days payable outstanding (3) | (39) | (53) | |
| Cash conversion cycle | 46 | 59 |
| Column 1 | Column 2 |
|---|---|
| (1) | Represents the rolling three-month average of the balance of trade accounts receivable-trade, net for our technology business segments at the end of the period divided by Gross billings for the same three-month period. |
| Column 1 | Column 2 |
|---|---|
| (2) | Represents the rolling three-month average of the balance of inventory, net for our technology business segments at the end of the period divided by the direct cost of products and services billed to our customers for the same three-month period. |
| Column 1 | Column 2 |
|---|---|
| (3) | Represents the rolling three-month average of the combined balance of accounts payable-trade and accounts payable-floor plan for our technology business segments at the end of the period divided by the direct cost of products and services billed to our customers for the same three-month period. |
39
Table of Contents
Our standard payment term for customers is between 30-60 days; however, certain customers or orders may be approved for extended payment terms. Our DSOs for the quarters ended March 31, 2024, and 2023 were greater than our standard payment terms
primarily due to a significant proportion of sales in those quarters to customers with payment terms greater than or equal to net 60 days. Invoices processed through our credit facility, or the A/P-floor plan balance, are typically paid within
45-60 days from the invoice date, while A/P trade invoices are typically paid around 30 days from the invoice date.
Our cash conversion cycle decreased to 46 days for March 31, 2024, compared to 59 days for March 31, 2023, as DSO decreased by 12 days, DIO decreased by 15 days, and DPO decreased by 14 days from March 31, 2023, to March
2024.
Financing business segment: During the year ended March 31, 2024, our financing business segment used $0.5 million from operating activities,
primarily due to net earnings and a decrease in accounts receivable, offset by an increase in financing receivables.
During the year ended March 31, 2023, our financing segment used $32.6 million in operating activities, primarily due to changes in financing receivables and deferred costs, partially offset by net earnings.
Cash flows related to investing activities
During the year ended March 31, 2024, we used $62.0 million in investing activities, consisting of $54.2 million to acquire businesses and $8.5 million for purchases of property, equipment, and operating lease equipment,
partially offset by $0.7 million of proceeds from the sale of property, equipment, and operating lease equipment.
During the year ended March 31, 2023, we used $18.9 million in investing activities, consisting of $9.4 million for purchases of property, equipment, and operating lease equipment and $13.3 million to acquire Future Com,
Ltd., partially offset by $3.7 million of proceeds from the sale of operating lease equipment.
Cash flows from financing activities
During the year ended March 31, 2024, we used $36.6 million in financing activities, consisting of $47.4 million repayments on the floor plan component of our WFCDF Credit
Facility, $6.0 million to pay off an installment payment arrangement within our technology business, and $9.9 million to repurchase outstanding shares of our common stock, partially offset by $23.7 million in net borrowings of non-recourse and recourse notes payable in our financing segment, and $3.0 million in proceeds of issuance of common stock to employees under an employee stock purchase plan.
During the year ended March 31, 2023, we used $21.0 million in financing activities. We had net repayments of notes payable and borrowings on our credit facility in our technology segment of $7.1 million, offset by net
borrowings of non-recourse and recourse notes payable of $4.1 million by our financing segment. Additionally, we had cash outflows of $10.7 million from net borrowings/repayments on the floor plan facility and cash outflows of $7.2 million from the
repurchase of common stock.
Other than recourse borrowings under our WFCDF Credit Facility, our borrowing of recourse and non-recourse notes payable primarily arises from our financing business segment when we transfer contractual payments due to us
under lease and financing agreements to third-party financial institutions. When the transfers do not meet the requirements for a sale, the proceeds paid to us represent borrowings of recourse or non-recourse notes payable.
Non-Cash Activities
We transfer contractual payments due to us under lease and financing agreements to third-party financial institutions. In certain assignment agreements, we may direct the third-party financial institution to pay some of
the proceeds from the assignment directly to the vendor or vendors that have supplied the assets being leased or financed. In these situations, the portion of the proceeds paid directly to our vendors are non-cash transactions.
40
Table of Contents
SECURED BORROWINGS
We may finance all or most of the cost of the assets that we finance for customers by transferring all or part of the contractual payments due to us to third-party financing institutions. When we account for the transfer
as a secured borrowing, we recognize the proceeds as either recourse or non-recourse notes payable. Our customers are responsible for repaying the debt from a secured borrowing. The lender typically secures a lien on the financed assets at the time
the financial assets are transferred and releases it upon collecting all the transferred payments. We are not liable for the repayment of non-recourse loans unless we breach our representations and warranties in the loan agreements. The lender
assumes the credit risk and their only recourse, upon default by the customer, is against the customer and the specific equipment under lease. While we expect that the credit quality of our financing arrangements and our residual return history
will continue to allow us to obtain such financing, such financing may not be available on acceptable terms, or at all. Interest rates have been rising and may continue to rise. To preserve our expected internal rate of return, we generally quote
rates that are indexed. Some of our lenders will not commit to rates for a length of time, resulting in exposure to us if the rates rise and we cannot pass such exposure to the customer.
CREDIT FACILITY
We finance the operations of our subsidiaries ePlus Technology, inc., ePlus Technology Services, inc. and SLAIT Consulting, LLC
(collectively, the “Borrowers”) in our technology business segments through a credit facility with WFCDF. The WFCDF Credit Facility has a floor plan facility and a revolving credit facility.
Please refer to Note 9, “Notes Payable and Credit Facility” in the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements included in Part II, Item 8 of this Annual
Report on Form 10-K for additional information concerning our WFCDF Credit Facility.
The loss of the WFCDF Credit Facility could have a material adverse effect on our future results as we currently rely on this facility and its components for daily working capital and liquidity for our technology
business segments and as an operational function of our accounts payable process.
Floor plan facility
We finance most purchases of products for sale to our customers through the floor plan facility. Once our customers place a purchase order with us and we have approved their credit, we place an order for the desired products with one of our
vendors. Our vendors are generally paid by the floor plan facility and our liability is reflected in “accounts payable—floor plan” in our consolidated balance sheets.
Most customer payments to us are remitted to our lockbox accounts. Once payments are cleared, the monies in the lockbox accounts are automatically and daily transferred to our operating account. We pay down the floor plan facility on three
specified dates each month, generally 45-60 days from the invoice date. Our borrowings and repayments under the floor plan component are included in “net borrowings (repayments) on floor plan facility” within cash flows from the financing
activities in our consolidated statements of cash flows.
As of March 31, 2024, we had a maximum credit limit of $500.0 million, and an outstanding balance on the floor plan of $105.1 million. As of March 31, 2023, we had a maximum credit limit of $500.0 million, and the outstanding balance on the
floor plan facility was $134.6 million. On our balance sheet, our liability under the floor plan facility is presented as part of accounts payable – floor plan.
Revolving credit facility
The outstanding balance under the revolving credit facility is presented as part of recourse notes payable- current on our consolidated balance sheets. Our borrowings and repayments under the revolving credit facility are included in “borrowings
of non-recourse and recourse notes payable” and “repayments of non-recourse and recourse notes payable,” respectively, within cash flows from the financing activities in our consolidated statements of cash flows.
As of March 31, 2024, and March 31, 2023, we did not have any outstanding balance under the revolving credit facility. The maximum credit limit under this facility was $200.0 million as of both March 31, 2024, and March 31, 2023.
41
Table of Contents
PERFORMANCE GUARANTEES
In the normal course of business, we may provide certain customers with performance guarantees, which are generally backed by surety bonds. In general, we would only be liable for these guarantees in the event of default
in the performance of our obligations. We are in compliance with the performance obligations under all service contracts for which there is a performance guarantee, and we believe that any liability incurred in connection with these guarantees
would not have a material adverse effect on our consolidated statements of operations.
OFF-BALANCE SHEET ARRANGEMENTS
As part of our ongoing business, we do not participate in transactions that generate relationships with unconsolidated entities or financial partnerships, such as entities often referred to as structured finance or
special purpose entities, which would have been established for the purpose of facilitating off-balance sheet arrangements or other contractually narrow or limited purposes. As of March 31, 2024, and 2023, we were not involved in any unconsolidated
special purpose entity transactions.
ADEQUACY OF CAPITAL RESOURCES
The continued implementation of our business strategy will require a significant investment in both resources and managerial focus. In addition, we may selectively acquire other companies that have
attractive customer relationships and skilled sales and/or engineering forces. We may also open facilities in new geographic areas, which may require a significant investment of cash. We may also acquire technology companies to expand and enhance
our geographic footprint, or the platform of bundled solutions to provide additional functionality and value-added services. We may require additional capital due to increases in inventory to accommodate our customers’ IT installation schedules. We
may continue to use our internally generated funds to finance investments in leased assets or investments in notes receivable due from our customers. These actions may result in increased working capital needs as the business expands. As a result,
we may require additional financing to fund our strategy, implementation, potential future acquisitions, and working capital needs, which may include additional debt and equity financing. While the future is uncertain, we do not believe our WFCDF
Credit Facility will be terminated by WFCDF or us. Additionally, while our lending partners in our financing segment continue to be discerning in their approval processes, we currently have funding resources available for our transactions.
POTENTIAL FLUCTUATIONS IN QUARTERLY OPERATING RESULTS
Our future quarterly operating results and the market price of our common stock may fluctuate. In the event our revenues or earnings for any quarter are less than the level expected by securities
analysts or the market in general, such shortfall could have an immediate and significant adverse impact on the market price of our common stock. Any such adverse impact could be greater if any such shortfall occurs near the time of any material
decrease in any widely followed stock index or in the market price of the stock of one or more public equipment leasing and financing companies, IT resellers, software competitors, major customers, or vendors of ours.
Our quarterly results of operations are susceptible to fluctuations for a number of reasons, including, but not limited to currency fluctuations, reduction in IT spending, shortages of product from
our vendors due to material shortages, any reduction of expected residual values related to the equipment under our leases, the timing and mix of specific transactions, the reduction of manufacturer incentive programs, and other factors. Quarterly
operating results could also fluctuate as a result of our sale of equipment in our lease portfolio to a lessee or third-party at the expiration of a lease term or prior to such expiration, and the transfer of financial assets. Sales of equipment
and transfers of financial assets may have the effect of increasing revenues and net income during the quarter in which the sale occurs and reducing revenues and net income otherwise expected in subsequent quarters.
We believe that comparisons of quarterly results of our operations are not necessarily meaningful and that results for one quarter should not be relied upon as an indication of future performance.
CONTRACTUAL OBLIGATIONS
Our material contractual obligations consist of payments on recourse and non-recourse notes payable and lease liabilities. Please refer to Note 5, “Lessee Accounting” and
Note 9, “Notes Payable and Credit Facility” in the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements included in Part II, Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K for
additional information regarding the maturities of these obligations.
42
Table of Contents
CRITICAL ACCOUNTING ESTIMATES
Our consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with US GAAP. Our significant accounting policies are described in Note 1, “Organization and
Summary of Significant Accounting Policies” in the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements included in Part II, Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. The accounting policies described below are significantly affected by critical
accounting estimates. Such accounting policies require significant judgments, assumptions, and estimates, and actual results could differ materially from the amounts reported based on these policies.
REVENUE RECOGNITION — When we enter into contracts with customers, we are required to identify the performance obligations in the contract. We recognize most of our revenues from the sales of third-party products,
third-party software, third-party maintenance, software support, and services, and ePlus professional and managed services. Our recognition of revenue differs for each of these distinct types of performance
obligations and identifying each performance obligation appropriately may require judgment.
When a contract contains multiple distinct performance obligations, we allocate the transaction price to each performance obligation based on its relative standalone selling price. We determine standalone selling prices
using expected cost-plus margin. When we finance sales of third-party software and third-party maintenance, software support, and services, we reduce the transaction price by the financing component.
We recognize revenue from sales of third-party products and third-party software at the point in time that control passes to the customer, which is typically upon delivery of the product to the customer. We perform an
analysis to estimate the amount of sales in-transit at the end of the period and adjust revenue and the related costs to reflect only what has been delivered to the customer. This analysis is based upon an analysis of current quarter and historical
delivery dates.
We recognize revenue from sales of third-party maintenance, software support, and services when our customer and vendor accept the terms and conditions of the arrangement. On occasion, judgment is required to determine
this point in time.
We provide ePlus professional services under both time and materials and fixed price contracts. When services are provided on a time and materials basis, we recognize sales at
agreed-upon billing rates as services are performed. When services are provided on a fixed fee basis, we recognize sales over time in proportion to our progress toward complete satisfaction of the performance obligation. Using this method requires
a determination of the appropriate input or output method to measure progress. We most often measure progress based on costs incurred in proportion to total estimated costs, commonly referred to as the “cost-to-cost” method. When using this method,
significant judgment may be required to estimate the total costs to complete the performance obligation. We typically recognize sales of ePlus managed services on a straight-line basis over the period
services are provided.
We recognize financing revenues from our investments in leases and notes receivable. We recognize interest income on our notes-receivable using the effective interest method.
We classify our leases as either sales-type leases or operating leases. For sales-type leases, upon lease commencement, we recognize the present value of the lease payments and the residual asset discounted using the rate
implicit in the lease. When we are financing equipment provided by another dealer, we typically do not have any selling profit or loss arising from the lease. When we are the dealer of the equipment being leased, we typically recognize revenue in
the amount of the lease receivable and cost of sales in the amount of the carrying value of the underlying asset minus the unguaranteed residual asset. We may need to use judgment to determine the fair value of the equipment. After the commencement
date, we recognize interest income as part of net sales using the effective interest method. For operating leases, we recognize the underlying asset as an operating lease asset. We depreciate the asset on a straight-line basis to its estimated
residual value over its estimated useful life. We recognize the lease payments over the lease term on a straight-line basis as part of net sales.
We account for the transfer of financial assets as sales or secured borrowings. When a transfer meets all the requirements for sale accounting, we derecognize the financial asset and record a net gain or loss that is
included in net sales. We utilize qualified attorneys to provide a true-sale-at-law opinion to support the conclusion that transferred financial assets have been legally isolated.
43
Table of Contents
RESIDUAL ASSETS — Our estimate for the residual asset in a lease is the amount we expect to derive from the underlying asset following the end of the lease term. Our estimates vary, both in amount and as a percentage of
the original equipment cost, and depend upon several factors, including the equipment type, vendor’s discount, market conditions, lease term, equipment supply and demand, and new product announcements by vendors. We evaluate residual values for
impairment on a quarterly basis. We do not recognize upward adjustments due to changes in estimates of residual values.
GOODWILL — We test goodwill for impairment on an annual basis, as of October 1, and between annual tests if an event occurs, or circumstances change, that would more likely than not reduce the fair value of a reporting
unit below its carrying amount. Goodwill is tested for impairment at a level of reporting referred to as a reporting unit.
In a qualitative assessment, we assess qualitative factors to determine whether it is more likely than not (that is, a likelihood of more than 50%) that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount,
including goodwill. A significant amount of judgment is involved in determining if an event representing an indicator of impairment has occurred between annual test dates. Such indicators may include: a significant decline in expected future cash
flows; a sustained, significant decline in stock price and market capitalization; a significant adverse change in legal factors or in the business climate; unanticipated competition; the testing for recoverability of a significant asset group
within a reporting unit; and reductions in revenue or profitability growth rates.
In the quantitative impairment test, we compare the fair value of a reporting unit with its carrying amount, including goodwill. We estimate the fair value of each reporting unit using a combination of the income approach
and market approaches.
The income approach incorporates the use of a discounted cash flow method in which the estimated future cash flows and terminal values for each reporting unit are discounted to a present value using a discount rate. Cash
flow projections are based on management’s estimates of economic and market conditions which drive key assumptions of revenue growth rates, operating margins, capital expenditures and working capital requirements. The discount rate in turn is based
on the specific risk characteristics of each reporting unit, the weighted average cost of capital and its underlying forecast.
The market approach estimates fair value by applying performance metric multiples to the reporting unit’s prior and expected operating performance. The multiples are derived from comparable publicly traded companies with
similar operating and investment characteristics as the reporting unit.
The fair values determined by the market approach and income approach, as described above, are weighted to determine the fair value for each reporting unit. Although we have consistently used the same methods in
developing the assumptions and estimates underlying the fair value calculations, such estimates are uncertain and may vary from actual results.
VENDOR CONSIDERATION — We receive payments and credits from vendors and distributors, including consideration pursuant to volume incentive programs, and shared marketing expense programs. Many of these programs extend
over one or more quarters’ sales activities. Different programs have different vendor/program specific goals to achieve. We recognize the rebates pursuant to volume incentive programs, when the rebate is probable and reasonably estimable, based on
a systematic and rational allocation of the cash consideration offered to each of the underlying transactions that results in our progress towards earning the rebate. Should our actual performance be different from our estimates, we may be required
to adjust our receivables.
ALLOWANCE FOR CREDIT LOSSES — We maintain an allowance for credit losses related to our accounts receivable and financing receivables. We record an expense in the amount necessary to adjust the allowance for credit losses
to our current estimate of expected credit losses on financial assets. We estimate expected credit losses based on our internal rating of the customer’s credit quality, our historical credit losses, current economic conditions, and other relevant
factors. Prior to providing credit, we assign an internal rating for each customer’s credit quality based on the customer’s financial status, rating agency reports and other financial information. We review our internal ratings for each customer at
least annually or when there is an indicator of a change in credit quality, such as a delinquency or bankruptcy. We write off financing receivables when we deem them to be uncollectable. As of March 31, 2024, we estimated expected credit loss rates
related to both our accounts receivable and financing receivables at rates comparable to March 31, 2023.
44
Table of Contents
INCOME TAXES — We make certain estimates and judgments in determining income tax expense for financial statement reporting purposes. These estimates and judgments occur in the calculation of certain tax assets and
liabilities, which principally arise from differences in the timing of recognition of revenue and expense for tax and financial statement reporting purposes. We also must analyze income tax reserves, as well as determine the likelihood of
recoverability of deferred tax assets and adjust any valuation allowances accordingly.
Considerations with respect to the recoverability of deferred tax assets include the period of expiration of the tax asset, planned use of the tax asset, and historical and projected taxable income as well as tax
liabilities for the tax jurisdiction to which the tax asset relates. Valuation allowances are evaluated periodically and will be subject to change in each future reporting period as a result of changes in one or more of these factors. The
calculation of our tax liabilities also involves considering uncertainties in the application of complex tax regulations. We recognize liabilities for uncertain income tax positions based on our estimate of whether, and the extent to which,
additional taxes will be required.
Numerous foreign jurisdictions have enacted or are in the process of enacting legislation to adopt a minimum effective tax rate described in the Global Anti-Base Erosion (“Pillar Two”) model rules issued by the Organization for Economic
Co-operation and Development. A minimum effective tax rate of 15% would apply to multinational companies with consolidated revenue above €750 million. Under the Pillar Two rules, a company would be required to determine a combined effective tax
rate for all entities located in a jurisdiction. If the jurisdictional effective tax rate determined under the Pillar Two rules is less than 15%, a top-up tax will be due to bring the jurisdictional effective tax rate up to 15%. We are continuing
to monitor the pending implementation of Pillar Two by individual countries and the potential effects of Pillar Two on our business. We do not expect that any Pillar Two the provisions that become effective during calendar year 2024 will have a
materially adverse impact on our results of operations, financial position, or cash flows.
BUSINESS COMBINATIONS — We account for business combinations using the acquisition method. For each acquisition, we recognize most assets acquired, and liabilities assumed at their fair values at the acquisition date. Our
valuations of certain assets acquired, including customer relationships and trade names, and certain liabilities assumed, involve significant judgment and estimation. Additionally, our determination of the purchase price may include an estimate for
the fair value of contingent consideration. We utilize independent valuation specialists to assist us in determining the fair value of certain assets and liabilities. Our valuations utilize significant estimates, such as forecasted revenues and
profits. Changes in our estimates could significantly impact the value of certain assets and liabilities.
RECENT ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS
Please refer to Note 2, “Recent Accounting Pronouncements” in the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements included in Part II, Item 8 of this Form 10-K.
FY 2023 10-K MD&A
SEC filing source: 0001140361-23-026454.
ITEM 7. MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
The following discussion and analysis of the financial condition and results of operations (the “financial review”) of ePlus is intended to help investors understand
our company and our operations. The financial review is provided as a supplement to, and should be read in conjunction with, the Consolidated Financial Statements and the related notes included elsewhere in this report.
EXECUTIVE OVERVIEW
BUSINESS DESCRIPTION
We provide leading IT products and services, flexible leasing and financing solutions, and enterprise supply management to enable our customers to optimize their IT infrastructure and supply chain processes.
We design, implement, and provide IT solutions for customers. We focus primarily on specialized IT segments including data center infrastructure, networking, security, cloud, and collaboration. Our solutions
incorporate hardware and software products from multiple leading IT vendors. As our customers’ IT requirements have grown increasingly complex, we have evolved our offerings by investing in our professional and managed services
capabilities and by expanding our relationships with existing and emerging key vendors.
We are an authorized reseller of over 1,500 vendors, which have enabled us to provide our customers with new and evolving IT solutions. We possess top-level engineering certifications with a broad range of
leading IT vendors that enable us to offer IT solutions that are optimized for each of our customers’ specific requirements. Our proprietary software solutions allow our customers to procure, control and automate their IT solutions
environment.
BUSINESS TRENDS
We believe the following key business trends are impacting our business performance and our ability to achieve business results:
| Column 1 | Column 2 | Column 3 |
|---|---|---|
| • | General economic concerns including inflation, rising interest rates, staffing shortages, remote work trends, and global unrest may impact our customers’ willingness to spend on technology and services. |
| Column 1 | Column 2 | Column 3 |
|---|---|---|
| • | A worldwide shortage of certain IT products is resulting from, among other things, shortages in semiconductors and other product components. Like others in the industry, we are experiencing ongoing supply constraints that have affected, and could continue to further affect, lead times for delivery of products, our having to carry more inventory for longer periods, the cost of products, vendor return and cancellation policies, and our ability to meet customer demands. We continue to work closely with our suppliers to further mitigate disruptions outside our control. Despite these actions, we believe extended lead times will likely persist for at least the next few quarters. |
| Column 1 | Column 2 | Column 3 |
|---|---|---|
| • | We are experiencing increases in prices from our suppliers, as well as rising wages and interest rates. We generally have been able to pass price increases to our customers. Our labor costs related to services we perform will take longer to pass to customers that have service engagements where prices may be set. Our financing quotes are generally indexed to market changes to enable us to change rates from time of quote to funding. Financing transactions funded with our cash flows, not debt, are subject to interest rate risk. If the market interest rate exceeds our internal rate of return, we may not fund the transaction to obtain the proceeds and lock in our profit on the transaction. Accordingly, inflation could have a material impact on our sales, gross profit, or operating costs in the future. |
| Column 1 | Column 2 | Column 3 |
|---|---|---|
| • | Customers’ top focus areas include security, cloud solutions, hybrid work environments (work from home, work from anywhere, and return to office), as well as digital transformation and modernization. We have developed advisory services, solutions, and professional and managed services to meet these priorities and help our customers attain and maintain their desired outcome. |
| Column 1 | Column 2 | Column 3 |
|---|---|---|
| • | Modernizing legacy applications, data modernization, reducing operational complexity, securing workloads, the cost and performance of IT operations, and agility are changing the way companies are purchasing and consuming technology. These are fueling deployments of solutions on cloud, managed services and hybrid platforms and licensing models, which may include invoicing over the term of the agreement. |
26
Table of Contents
| Column 1 | Column 2 | Column 3 |
|---|---|---|
| • | Rapid cloud adoption has led to customer challenges around increasing costs, security concerns, and skillset gaps. These challenges are consistent across all industries and sizes. We have developed a Cloud Managed Services portfolio to address these needs, allowing our clients to focus on driving business outcomes via optimized and secure cloud platforms. |
KEY BUSINESS METRICS
Our management monitors several financial and non-financial measures and ratios on a regular basis to track the progress of our business. We believe that the most important of these measures and ratios include net sales, gross
margin, operating income margin, net earnings, and net earnings per common share, in each case based on information prepared in accordance with US GAAP, as well as the non-GAAP financial measures and ratios, including Adjusted EBITDA,
Adjusted EBITDA margin, Non-GAAP: Net earnings and Non-GAAP: Net earnings per common share. We use a variety of operating and other information to evaluate the operating performance of our business, develop financial forecasts, make
strategic decisions, and prepare and approve annual budgets. We use Gross billings as an operational metric to assess the volume of transactions within our Technology segment as well as to understand changes in our accounts receivable.
We believe Gross billings will aid investors in the same manner.
These key indicators include financial information that is prepared in accordance with US GAAP and presented in our consolidated financial statements, as well as non-GAAP and operational performance measurement tools. Generally, a
non-GAAP financial measure is a numerical measure of a company’s performance or financial position that either excludes or includes amounts that are correspondingly not normally excluded or included in the most directly comparable
measure calculated and presented in accordance with US GAAP. Our use of non-GAAP information as analytical tools has limitations, and you should not consider them in isolation or as substitutes for analysis of our financial results
reported under GAAP, as these measures used by management may differ from similar measures used by other companies, even when similar terms are used to identify such measures.
Set forth in footnotes (1) and (2) of the tables that immediately follow this paragraph, we set forth our reasons for using and presenting Adjusted EBITDA, Adjusted EBITDA margin, Non-GAAP: Net earnings and Non-GAAP: Net earnings per
common share-diluted in the tables and discussion that follow.
27
Table of Contents
The following table provides our key business metrics (in thousands, except per share amounts):
| Year Ended March 31, | ||||||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| Consolidated | 2023 | 2022 | 2021 | |||||||||
| Financial Metrics | ||||||||||||
| Net sales | $ | 2,067,718 | $ | 1,821,019 | $ | 1,568,323 | ||||||
| Gross profit | $ | 517,524 | $ | 460,982 | $ | 393,554 | ||||||
| Gross margin | 25.0 | % | 25.3 | % | 25.1 | % | ||||||
| Operating income margin | 8.0 | % | 8.1 | % | 6.8 | % | ||||||
| Net earnings | $ | 119,356 | $ | 105,600 | $ | 74,397 | ||||||
| Net earnings margin | 5.8 | % | 5.8 | % | 4.7 | % | ||||||
| Net earnings per common share - diluted | $ | 4.48 | $ | 3.93 | $ | 2.77 | ||||||
| Non-GAAP Financial Metrics | ||||||||||||
| Non-GAAP: Net earnings (1) | $ | 133,931 | $ | 117,964 | $ | 85,567 | ||||||
| Non-GAAP: Net earnings per common share - diluted (1) | $ | 5.02 | $ | 4.39 | $ | 3.19 | ||||||
| Adjusted EBITDA (2) | $ | 190,592 | $ | 170,004 | $ | 128,245 | ||||||
| Adjusted EBITDA margin | 9.2 | % | 9.3 | % | 8.2 | % | ||||||
| Technology Segment | ||||||||||||
| Financial Metrics | ||||||||||||
| Net sales | $ | 2,015,245 | $ | 1,733,036 | $ | 1,507,954 | ||||||
| Gross profit | $ | 474,490 | $ | 408,153 | $ | 346,235 | ||||||
| Gross margin | 23.5 | % | 23.6 | % | 23.0 | % | ||||||
| Operating income | $ | 140,110 | $ | 109,000 | $ | 75,665 | ||||||
| Non-GAAP Financial Metric | ||||||||||||
| Adjusted EBITDA (2) | $ | 164,184 | $ | 131,353 | $ | 97,219 | ||||||
| Operational Metric | ||||||||||||
| Gross billings (3) | ||||||||||||
| Data Center / Cloud | $ | 892,308 | $ | 828,002 | $ | 723,971 | ||||||
| Networking | 927,319 | 709,687 | 590,690 | |||||||||
| Security | 639,416 | 476,339 | 418,499 | |||||||||
| Collaboration | 127,027 | 131,941 | 91,833 | |||||||||
| Other | 282,748 | 240,586 | 236,707 | |||||||||
| Product gross billings | 2,868,818 | 2,386,555 | 2,061,700 | |||||||||
| Service billings | 277,070 | 239,194 | 210,136 | |||||||||
| Total gross billings | $ | 3,145,888 | $ | 2,625,749 | $ | 2,271,836 | ||||||
| Financing Segment | ||||||||||||
| Financial Metrics | ||||||||||||
| Net sales | $ | 52,473 | $ | 87,983 | $ | 60,369 | ||||||
| Gross profit | $ | 43,034 | $ | 52,829 | $ | 47,319 | ||||||
| Operating income | $ | 26,052 | $ | 38,316 | $ | 30,670 | ||||||
| Non-GAAP Financial Metric | ||||||||||||
| Adjusted EBITDA (2) | $ | 26,408 | $ | 38,651 | $ | 31,026 |
(1) Non-GAAP: Net earnings and Non-GAAP: Net earnings per common share – diluted are based on net earnings calculated in accordance with US GAAP, adjusted to exclude other income (expense), share-based
compensation, and acquisition and integration expenses, and the related tax effects.
We use Non-GAAP: Net earnings and Non-GAAP: Net earnings per common share – diluted as supplemental measures of our performance to gain insight into our operating performance and performance trends. We
believe that the exclusion of other income and acquisition-related amortization expense in calculating Non-GAAP: Net earnings and Non-GAAP: Net earnings per common share – diluted provides management and investors a useful measure for
period-to-period comparisons of our business and operating results by excluding items that management believes are not reflective of our underlying operating performance. Accordingly, we believe that Non-GAAP: Net earnings and Non-GAAP:
Net earnings per common share – diluted provide useful information to investors and others in understanding and evaluating our operating results. However, our use of non-GAAP information as analytical tools has limitations, and you
should not consider them in isolation or as substitutes for analysis of our financial results as reported under US GAAP. In addition, other companies, including companies in our industry, might calculate similar Non-GAAP: Net earnings
and Non-GAAP: Net earnings per common share – diluted or similarly titled measures differently, which may reduce their usefulness as comparative measures.
28
Table of Contents
The following table provides our calculation of Non-GAAP: Net earnings and Non-GAAP: Net earnings per common share – diluted (in thousands, except per share amounts):
| Year Ended March 31, | ||||||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 2023 | 2022 | 2021 | ||||||||||
| GAAP: Earnings before tax | $ | 162,974 | $ | 146,884 | $ | 106,906 | ||||||
| Share based compensation | 7,824 | 7,114 | 7,167 | |||||||||
| Acquisition and integration expense | - | - | 271 | |||||||||
| Acquisition related amortization expense | 9,411 | 10,072 | 9,116 | |||||||||
| Other (income) expense | 3,188 | 432 | (571 | ) | ||||||||
| Non-GAAP: Earnings before provision for income taxes | 183,397 | 164,502 | 122,889 | |||||||||
| GAAP: Provision for income taxes | 43,618 | 41,284 | 32,509 | |||||||||
| Share based compensation | 2,104 | 2,014 | 2,188 | |||||||||
| Acquisition and integration expense | - | - | 78 | |||||||||
| Acquisition related amortization expense | 2,527 | 2,803 | 2,730 | |||||||||
| Other (income) expense | 950 | 120 | (143 | ) | ||||||||
| Tax benefit (expense) on restricted stock | 267 | 317 | (40 | ) | ||||||||
| Non-GAAP: Provision for income taxes | 49,466 | 46,538 | 37,322 | |||||||||
| Non-GAAP: Net earnings | $ | 133,931 | $ | 117,964 | $ | 85,567 |
| Year Ended March 31, | ||||||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 2023 | 2022 | 2021 | ||||||||||
| GAAP: Net earnings per common share - diluted | $ | 4.48 | $ | 3.93 | $ | 2.77 | ||||||
| Share based compensation | 0.21 | 0.20 | 0.19 | |||||||||
| Acquisition and integration expense | - | - | 0.01 | |||||||||
| Acquisition related amortization expense | 0.26 | 0.26 | 0.24 | |||||||||
| Other (income) expense | 0.08 | 0.01 | (0.02 | ) | ||||||||
| Tax benefit (expense) on restricted stock | (0.01 | ) | (0.01 | ) | - | |||||||
| Total non-GAAP adjustments - net of tax | 0.54 | 0.46 | 0.42 | |||||||||
| Non-GAAP: Net earnings per common share - diluted | $ | 5.02 | $ | 4.39 | $ | 3.19 |
(2) We define Adjusted EBITDA as net earnings calculated in accordance with US GAAP, adjusted for the following: interest expense, depreciation and amortization, share-based compensation, acquisition and
integration expenses, provision for income taxes, and other income. Segment Adjusted EBITDA is defined as operating income calculated in accordance with US GAAP, adjusted for interest expense, share-based compensation, acquisition and
integration expenses, and depreciation and amortization. We consider the interest on notes payable from our financing segment and depreciation expense presented within cost of sales, which includes depreciation on assets financed as
operating leases, to be operating expenses. As such, they are not included in the amounts added back to net earnings in the Adjusted EBITDA calculation. In the table below, we provide a reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA to net earnings,
which is the most directly comparable financial measure to this non-GAAP financial measure. Adjusted EBITDA margin is our calculation of Adjusted EBITDA divided by net sales.
We use Adjusted EBITDA as a supplemental measure of our performance to gain insight into our operating performance and performance trends. We believe that the exclusion of other income in calculating
Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA margin provides management and investors a useful measure for period-to-period comparisons of our business and operating results by excluding items that management believes are not reflective of our
underlying operating performance. Accordingly, we believe that Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA margin provide useful information to investors and others in understanding and evaluating our operating results. However, our use of
Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA margin as analytical tools has limitations, and you should not consider them in isolation or as substitutes for analysis of our financial results as reported under US GAAP. In addition, other
companies, including companies in our industry, might calculate Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA margin or similarly titled measures differently, which may reduce their usefulness as comparative measures.
29
Table of Contents
The following table provides our calculations of Adjusted EBITDA (in thousands):
| Year Ended March 31, | ||||||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| Consolidated | 2023 | 2022 | 2021 | |||||||||
| Net earnings | $ | 119,356 | $ | 105,600 | $ | 74,397 | ||||||
| Provision for income taxes | 43,618 | 41,284 | 32,509 | |||||||||
| Share based compensation | 7,824 | 7,114 | 7,167 | |||||||||
| Interest and financing costs | 2,897 | 928 | 521 | |||||||||
| Acquisition and integration expense | - | - | 271 | |||||||||
| Depreciation and amortization | 13,709 | 14,646 | 13,951 | |||||||||
| Other (income) expense, net | 3,188 | 432 | (571 | ) | ||||||||
| Adjusted EBITDA | $ | 190,592 | $ | 170,004 | $ | 128,245 | ||||||
| Technology Segment | ||||||||||||
| Operating income | $ | 140,110 | $ | 109,000 | $ | 75,665 | ||||||
| Depreciation and amortization | 13,598 | 14,535 | 13,839 | |||||||||
| Share based compensation | 7,579 | 6,890 | 6,923 | |||||||||
| Interest and financing costs | 2,897 | 928 | 521 | |||||||||
| Acquisition and integration expense | - | - | 271 | |||||||||
| Adjusted EBITDA | $ | 164,184 | $ | 131,353 | $ | 97,219 | ||||||
| Financing Segment | ||||||||||||
| Operating income | $ | 26,052 | $ | 38,316 | $ | 30,670 | ||||||
| Depreciation and amortization | 111 | 111 | 112 | |||||||||
| Share based compensation | 245 | 224 | 244 | |||||||||
| Adjusted EBITDA | $ | 26,408 | $ | 38,651 | $ | 31,026 |
(3) Gross billings are the total dollar value of customer purchases of goods and services including shipping charges during the period, net of customer returns and credit memos, sales,
or other taxes. Gross billings includes the transaction values for certain sales transactions that are recognized on a net basis, and, therefore,
includes amounts that will not be recognized as revenue.
FINANCIAL SUMMARY
Net sales: Net sales for the year ended March 31, 2023, increased 13.5% to $2,067.7 million, or an increase of $246.7 million compared to $1,821.0 million in the prior fiscal year. The increase in net
sales was driven by higher revenues from our technology segment, offset by lower revenues from our financing segment. The increase in sales from the technology segment was due to increases in both product and services sales as a result
of higher customer demand. The decline in revenues from our financing segment was due to lower proceeds from early lease buyouts and sales of leased equipment.
Gross billings from our technology segment for the year ended March 31, 2023, increased by 19.8%, or $520.1 million, to $3,145.9 million compared to $2,625.7 million in the prior fiscal year. Gross billings
increased year over year at a faster rate than net sales due to a shift in mix to a higher proportion of third-party maintenance, software assurance, subscriptions/SaaS licenses, and services which we recognize revenue on a net basis.
Gross profit: Consolidated gross profit for the year ended March 31, 2023, increased 12.3%, to $517.5 million, compared to $461.0 million in the prior fiscal year due to increased net sales volume.
Overall, gross margins were consistent year over year as higher product margins were offset by lower service margins.
Operating expenses: Operating expenses for the year ended March 31, 2023, increased $37.7 million, or 12.0%, to $351.4 million, as compared to $313.7 million in the prior year. Our
increase in operating expenses was primarily due to an increase of $23.5 million in salaries and benefits and an increase of $12.2 million in general and administrative expenses. Salaries and benefits increased due to an increase in the
number of employees as well as higher variable compensation corresponding to the increase in gross profit. As of March 31, 2023, we had 1,754 employees, an increase of 11.2% from 1,577 as of March 31,
2022.
30
Table of Contents
General and administrative expenses also increased due to the increase in employees, as we had higher software, subscription and maintenance fees and travel and entertainment costs. Travel and entertainment increased due to the
return of in person business meetings and events. The other categories of expenses increased from the increase in personnel. We had higher professional service fees, which was partially due to post go-live support for a new software
platform within our financing segment.
Provision for credit losses increased $0.8 million primarily due to higher exposure within our financing portfolio. Interest and financing costs increased
$2.2 million due to higher outstanding borrowings. Offsetting these increases, was a decrease of $1.0 million in depreciation and amortization.
Operating income: As a result of the foregoing, operating income for the year ended March 31, 2023, increased $18.9 million, or 12.8%, to $166.2 million and operating margin decreased by 10 basis points
to 8.0%, as compared to $147.3 million for the year ended March 31, 2022. The increase in operating income was due to increases from our technology segment, which was offset by lower operating income from our financing segment.
Provision for income taxes: Our effective income tax rate for the year ended March 31, 2023, was 26.8% compared to 28.1% in the prior year. The decrease in our effective income tax rate year over year is primarily due to lower
than forecasted non-deductible expenses, increased benefits from foreign sales along with favorable state return to provision adjustments.
Net earnings: Consolidated net earnings for the year ended March 31, 2023, increased 13.0% to $119.4 million, as compared to $105.6 million for the year ended March 31, 2022, due to an increase in gross
profit, offset by an increase in operating expenses and foreign exchange losses.
Adjusted EBITDA for the year ended March 31, 2023, was $190.6 million, an increase of $20.6 million, or 12.1%, compared to the prior year. Adjusted EBITDA margin for the year ended March 31, 2023,
decreased 10 basis points to 9.2%, as compared to the prior year period of 9.3%. The increase in Adjusted EBITDA was due
to increases from our technology segment, which was offset by lower Adjusted EBITDA from our financing segment.
Net earnings per common share diluted for the year ended March 31, 2023, increased $0.55, or 14.0%, to $4.48 per share, as compared to $3.93 per share in the
prior year. Non-GAAP: Net earnings per common share diluted for the year ended March 31, 2023, increased $0.63, or 14.4%, to $5.02 per share, as compared to $4.39 per share in the prior year.
SEGMENT OVERVIEW
Our operations are conducted through two segments: technology and financing.
Technology Segment
The technology segment derives revenue from sales of product, project-related advanced professional services, managed services, and staff augmentation. The technology segment sells primarily to corporate
customers, state and local governments, and higher education institutions on a nationwide basis, with geographic concentrations relating to our physical locations. The technology segment also provides internet-based business-to-business
supply chain management solutions for information technology products.
Customers who purchase IT equipment and services from us may have a customer master agreement (“CMA”) with our company, which stipulates the terms and conditions of the relationship. Some CMAs contain pricing
arrangements, and most contain mutual voluntary termination clauses. Our other customers place orders using purchase orders without a CMA in place or with other documentation customary for the business. Often, our work with state and
local governments is based on public bids and our written bid responses. Our service engagements are generally governed by statements of work and are primarily fixed price (with allowance for changes); however, some service agreements
are based on time and materials.
Technology segment revenue generally falls into the following three categories:
| Column 1 | Column 2 | Column 3 |
|---|---|---|
| • | Product revenue: Revenue generated from the sale of third-party hardware, perpetual and subscription software, maintenance, software assurance, and services. |
| Column 1 | Column 2 | Column 3 |
|---|---|---|
| • | Professional services: Revenue generated from our advanced professional services that are performed under time & materials, fixed fee, or milestone contracts. Professional services include cloud consulting, staff augmentation services, and project management services. |
| Column 1 | Column 2 | Column 3 |
|---|---|---|
| • | Managed services: Revenue generated from our advanced managed services that include managing various aspects of our customers environments and are billed in regular intervals over a contract term, usually between three to five years. Managed services include security solutions, storage-as-a-service, cloud hosted services, cloud managed services, and service desk. |
We endeavor to minimize the cost of sales through incentive programs provided by vendors and distributors. The programs we qualify for are generally set by our reseller authorization level with the vendor. The
authorization level we achieve and maintain governs the types of products we can resell as well as such items as variable discounts applied against the list price, funds provided for the marketing of these products and other special
promotions. These authorization levels are achieved by us through purchase volume, certifications held by sales executives or engineers and/or contractual commitments by us. The authorization levels are costly to maintain, and these
programs continually change and, therefore, there is no guarantee of future reductions of costs provided by these vendor consideration programs.
31
Table of Contents
Financing Segment
Our financing segment offers financing solutions to corporations, governmental entities, and educational institutions nationwide and in Canada, the UK, and several other European countries. The financing segment derives revenue from
leasing IT, medical equipment and other equipment, and the disposition of that equipment at the end of the lease. The financing segment also derives revenues from the financing of third-party software licenses, software assurance,
maintenance, and other services.
Financing segment revenue generally falls into the following three categories:
| Column 1 | Column 2 | Column 3 |
|---|---|---|
| • | Portfolio income: Interest income from financing receivables and rents due under operating leases. |
| Column 1 | Column 2 | Column 3 |
|---|---|---|
| • | Transactional gains: Net gains or losses on the sale of financial assets. |
| Column 1 | Column 2 | Column 3 |
|---|---|---|
| • | Post-contract earnings: Month-to-month rents; early termination, prepayment, make-whole or buyout fees; and the sale of off-lease (used) equipment. |
We also recognize revenue from events that occur after the initial sale of a financial asset and remarketing fees from certain residual value investments.
During the fiscal year 2023, we implemented a new cloud-based lease accounting application to provide us with a platform for scalable growth, eliminate inefficient processes, and allow us to retire several
legacy applications.
RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
The Year Ended March 31, 2023, Compared to the Year Ended March 31, 2022
32
Table of Contents
TECHNOLOGY SEGMENT
The results of operations for our technology segment for the years ended March 31, 2023, and 2022 were as follows (in thousands):
| Year Ended March 31, | Percent | |||||||||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 2023 | 2022 | Change | Change | |||||||||||||
| Financial Metrics | ||||||||||||||||
| Net sales | ||||||||||||||||
| Product | $ | 1,750,802 | $ | 1,492,411 | $ | 258,391 | 17.3 | % | ||||||||
| Services | 264,443 | 240,625 | 23,818 | 9.9 | % | |||||||||||
| Total | 2,015,245 | 1,733,036 | 282,209 | 16.3 | % | |||||||||||
| Cost of sales | ||||||||||||||||
| Product | 1,370,061 | 1,175,789 | 194,272 | 16.5 | % | |||||||||||
| Services | 170,694 | 149,094 | 21,600 | 14.5 | % | |||||||||||
| Total | 1,540,755 | 1,324,883 | 215,872 | 16.3 | % | |||||||||||
| Gross profit | 474,490 | 408,153 | 66,337 | 16.3 | % | |||||||||||
| Selling, general, and administrative | 317,885 | 283,690 | 34,195 | 12.1 | % | |||||||||||
| Depreciation and amortization | 13,598 | 14,535 | (937 | ) | (6.4 | %) | ||||||||||
| Interest and financing costs | 2,897 | 928 | 1,969 | 212.2 | % | |||||||||||
| Operating expenses | 334,380 | 299,153 | 35,227 | 11.8 | % | |||||||||||
| Operating income | $ | 140,110 | $ | 109,000 | $ | 31,110 | 28.5 | % | ||||||||
| Key Metrics & Other Information | ||||||||||||||||
| Gross billings | $ | 3,145,888 | $ | 2,625,749 | $ | 520,139 | 19.8 | % | ||||||||
| Adjusted EBITDA | $ | 164,184 | $ | 131,353 | $ | 32,831 | 25.0 | % | ||||||||
| Net sales by customer end market: | ||||||||||||||||
| Telecom, Media & Entertainment | $ | 532,921 | $ | 502,408 | $ | 30,513 | 6.1 | % | ||||||||
| Technology | 393,594 | 250,485 | 143,109 | 57.1 | % | |||||||||||
| SLED | 290,624 | 241,769 | 48,855 | 20.2 | % | |||||||||||
| Healthcare | 274,936 | 270,481 | 4,455 | 1.6 | % | |||||||||||
| Financial Services | 156,257 | 155,160 | 1,097 | 0.7 | % | |||||||||||
| All others | 366,913 | 312,733 | 54,180 | 17.3 | % | |||||||||||
| Total | $ | 2,015,245 | $ | 1,733,036 | $ | 282,209 | 16.3 | % | ||||||||
| Net sales by type: | ||||||||||||||||
| Data Center / Cloud | $ | 587,097 | $ | 581,113 | $ | 5,984 | 1.0 | % | ||||||||
| Networking | 803,678 | 611,488 | 192,190 | 31.4 | % | |||||||||||
| Security | 214,459 | 158,927 | 55,532 | 34.9 | % | |||||||||||
| Collaboration | 57,472 | 57,244 | 228 | 0.4 | % | |||||||||||
| Other | 88,096 | 83,639 | 4,457 | 5.3 | % | |||||||||||
| ePlus services | 264,443 | 240,625 | 23,818 | 9.9 | % | |||||||||||
| Total | $ | 2,015,245 | $ | 1,733,036 | $ | 282,209 | 16.3 | % |
33
Table of Contents
Net sales: Net sales for the year
ended March 31, 2023, increased due to an increase in customer demand, primarily from customers in technology and SLED industries, due to customer specific IT related initiatives. Product sales increased in networking due to our ability to leverage improvements in the global supply chain and an increase in security product sales as our customers’ focus on improving their security posture
in their environments. Contributing to the increase in net sales was higher service revenues, due to increases in sales of our managed services
offerings, as well as higher professional services due, in part, to improvements in the global supply chain. Also contributing to the increase in net sales were increases in the cost of equipment we incurred from our
suppliers due, in part, to inflation, which we typically pass on to our customers.
Our net sales by customer end market have remained consistent with the prior year, with over 80% of our sales being generated from
customers within the five end markets specified in the table above.
Gross billings to our customers increased primarily due to organic customer demand, rather than acquisition or loss of a specific customer or set of customers.
Cost of sales: Cost of sales for the year ended March 31, 2023, increased due to the increase in demand for both product and services. Cost of product increased slightly less than the increase in
product sales due to a change in product sales mix, as a greater portion of our transaction volume consisted of sales of third-party maintenance, software assurance, subscription/SaaS licenses, and services, for which the revenues and
cost of sales are presented on a net basis. Cost of services increased slightly more than the increase in service revenue due to higher third-party costs incurred.
Gross profit: Gross profit for the year ended March 31, 2023, increased consistent with the increase in net sales. Gross margins were consistent year over year as higher product margins were offset by
lower service margins. Gross margin on product sales increased 50 basis points to 21.7% due to a shift in product mix to a greater proportion of sales of third-party maintenance, software assurance, subscription/SaaS licenses, and
services, which are presented on a net basis. Also contributing to the increase in gross margin on product sales was higher vendor incentives which as a percentage of net sales for the year ended March 31, 2023, increased by 10 basis
points.
Gross margin on service sales decreased 250 basis points to 35.5% for the year ended March 31, 2023, primarily due to a decrease in
professional service margins. The decline in professional service margins was due to higher third party costs, as well as a few larger competitively priced contracts with existing customers.
Selling, general, and administrative expenses: Selling, general, and administrative expenses for the year ended March 31, 2023, increased mainly
due to an increase in salaries and benefits.
Salaries and benefits, including variable compensation, increased $24.1 million or 9.8% to $270.0 million, compared to $245.9 million during the prior year, due to an increase in the number of employees and
higher variable compensation as a result of the corresponding increase in gross profit. Our technology segment had 1,718 employees as of March 31, 2023, an increase of 175 from 1,543 as of March 31, 2022, driven by increased demand for
our services and the acquisition of Future Com, Ltd. We added 139 additional customer-facing employees, of which 84 were professional services and technical support personnel.
General and administrative expenses increased $10.2 million, or 27.0%, to $47.8
million, as compared to $37.6 million in the prior year. General and administrative expenses increased in travel and entertainment, advertising
and marketing fees, professional service fees, software license and maintenance fees, and warehouse and logistics costs.
Travel and entertainment increased due to the return of in-person business meetings and events. Warehouse and logistics costs increased due to the increase in inventory. The other categories of expenses increased primarily from
increases in personnel.
Depreciation and amortization expense: Depreciation and amortization expense for the year ended March 31, 2023, decreased as higher amortization expense from our
acquisition of Future Com, Ltd was offset by lower amortization from previous acquisitions.
Interest and financing costs: Interest and financing costs for the year ended March 31, 2023, increased due
to higher average borrowings outstanding and higher interest rates during the year under our WFCDF Credit Facility, offset by paydowns on an installment payment arrangement. Our average month-end borrowing balance on the accounts
receivable component of our WFCDF Credit Facility was $47.0 million over the year ended March 31, 2023, compared to $19.0 million over the prior year. Our weighted average interest rate on the accounts receivable component of our
WFCDF Credit Facility was 5.35% during our year ended March 31, 2023, compared to 2.00% over the prior year.
34
Table of Contents
FINANCING SEGMENT
The results of operations for our financing segment for the years ended March 31, 2023, and 2022 were as follows (in thousands):
| Year Ended March 31, | Percent | |||||||||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 2023 | 2022 | Change | Change | |||||||||||||
| Financial Metrics | ||||||||||||||||
| Portfolio earnings | $ | 11,356 | $ | 17,764 | $ | (6,408 | ) | (36.1 | %) | |||||||
| Transactional gains | 16,125 | 18,181 | (2,056 | ) | (11.3 | %) | ||||||||||
| Post-contract earnings | 23,581 | 50,495 | (26,914 | ) | (53.3 | %) | ||||||||||
| Other | 1,411 | 1,543 | (132 | ) | (8.6 | %) | ||||||||||
| Net sales | $ | 52,473 | $ | 87,983 | $ | (35,510 | ) | (40.4 | %) | |||||||
| Cost of sales | 9,439 | 35,154 | (25,715 | ) | (73.1 | %) | ||||||||||
| Gross profit | 43,034 | 52,829 | (9,795 | ) | (18.5 | %) | ||||||||||
| Selling, general, and administrative | 15,635 | 13,427 | 2,208 | 16.4 | % | |||||||||||
| Depreciation and amortization | 111 | 111 | - | 0.0 | % | |||||||||||
| Interest and financing costs | 1,236 | 975 | 261 | 26.8 | % | |||||||||||
| Operating expenses | 16,982 | 14,513 | 2,469 | 17.0 | % | |||||||||||
| Operating income | $ | 26,052 | $ | 38,316 | $ | (12,264 | ) | (32.0 | %) | |||||||
| Key Metrics & Other Information | ||||||||||||||||
| Adjusted EBITDA | $ | 26,408 | $ | 38,651 | $ | (12,243 | ) | (31.7 | %) |
Net sales: Net sales for the year ended March 31, 2023, decreased due to lower post-contract and portfolio earnings. Post-contract revenue decreased due
to lower proceeds from early lease buyouts and sales of equipment, as we had a few large, customer-driven transactions in the prior year. Portfolio revenue decreased mostly due to decreases in operating lease revenue as a portion of the early lease buyouts in fiscal year 2022 were from customers with operating lease contracts. Transactional gains decreased compared to the prior year due to a decline in the volume of
financial assets sold during the year. Total proceeds from sales of financing receivables were $706.0 million and $855.1 million for the years ended March 31, 2023, and 2022, respectively.
Cost of sales: Cost of sales for the year ended March 31, 2023, decreased due to a decrease in the cost of equipment from early lease buyouts, and
sales of off-lease equipment of $20.1 million and a decrease in operating lease depreciation of $5.6 million.
Selling, general, and administrative expenses: Selling, general, and administrative expenses for
the year ended March 31, 2023, increased due to the deployment of hosted lease accounting software in August 2022, as we incurred higher
professional fees following the implementation of this software platform, as well as higher software license and maintenance costs including amortization of the costs to implement the hosted software. In addition, we incurred
additional provision for credit losses as a result of changes in our net
credit exposure. These increases are offset by a slight decrease in salaries and benefits, mainly driven by a decrease in variable compensation due to the decline in gross profit.
Our financing segment employed 36 people as of March 31, 2023, compared to 34 people as of March 31, 2022. Certain support functions for the financing segment are shared resources with the technology segment.
Interest and financing costs: Interest and financing costs for the year ended March 31, 2023, increased due to higher borrowings during the year as well as higher interest rates. As of March 31, 2023,
our non-recourse notes payable increased to $34.3 million from $21.2 million in the prior year. Our weighted average interest rate for non-recourse notes payable was 5.01% and 3.59% as of March 31, 2023, and 2022, respectively.
CONSOLIDATED
Other income (expense), net: Other income (expense), net, for the year ended March 31, 2023, was a net expense of $3.2 million, compared to a net expense of $0.4 million in the prior year.
We incurred foreign currency transaction losses of $5.4 million during fiscal year 2023, up from $0.5 million last year. Offsetting this, was a $1.9 million gain recognized in fiscal year 2023 related to our receipt of funds resulting
from our claim in a class action lawsuit.
35
Table of Contents
Income taxes: Our effective income tax rates for the years ended March 31, 2023, and 2022 were 26.8% and 28.1%, respectively. Our effective tax rate was lower for the year ended March 31,
2023, as compared to the prior year, primarily due to lower than forecasted non-deductible expenses, increased benefits from foreign sales along with favorable state return to provision adjustments.
Net earnings: Net earnings for the year ended March 31, 2023, were $119.4 million, an increase of 13.0% or $13.8 million, as compared to $105.6 million in the prior year. The net earnings increase was
due primarily to the increase in operating profits from our technology segment.
Basic and fully diluted earnings per common share for the year ended March 31, 2023, were $4.49 and $4.48, respectively, an increase of 13.3% and 13.9% over the prior year. Basic and fully diluted earnings per
common share were $3.96 and $3.93, respectively, for the year ended March 31, 2022.
Weighted average common shares outstanding used in the calculation of basic and diluted earnings per common share were 26.6 million and 26.7 million, respectively, for the year ended March 31, 2023. Weighted
average common shares outstanding used in the calculation of basic and diluted earnings per common share were 26.6 million and 26.9 million, respectively, for the year ended and March 31, 2022.
The Year Ended March 31, 2022, Compared to the Year Ended March 31, 2021
36
Table of Contents
TECHNOLOGY SEGMENT
The results of operations for our technology segment for the years ended March 31, 2022, and 2021 were as follows (in thousands):
| Year Ended March 31, | Percent | |||||||||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 2022 | 2021 | Change | Change | |||||||||||||
| Financial Metrics | ||||||||||||||||
| Net sales | ||||||||||||||||
| Product | $ | 1,492,411 | $ | 1,305,789 | $ | 186,622 | 14.3 | % | ||||||||
| Services | 240,625 | 202,165 | 38,460 | 19.0 | % | |||||||||||
| Total | 1,733,036 | 1,507,954 | 225,082 | 14.9 | % | |||||||||||
| Cost of sales | ||||||||||||||||
| Product | 1,175,789 | 1,036,627 | 139,162 | 13.4 | % | |||||||||||
| Services | 149,094 | 125,092 | 24,002 | 19.2 | % | |||||||||||
| Total | 1,324,883 | 1,161,719 | 163,164 | 14.0 | % | |||||||||||
| Gross profit | 408,153 | 346,235 | 61,918 | 17.9 | % | |||||||||||
| Selling, general, and administrative | 283,690 | 256,210 | 27,480 | 10.7 | % | |||||||||||
| Depreciation and amortization | 14,535 | 13,839 | 696 | 5.0 | % | |||||||||||
| Interest and financing costs | 928 | 521 | 407 | 78.1 | % | |||||||||||
| Operating expenses | 299,153 | 270,570 | 28,583 | 10.6 | % | |||||||||||
| Operating income | $ | 109,000 | $ | 75,665 | $ | 33,335 | 44.1 | % | ||||||||
| Key Metrics & Other Information | ||||||||||||||||
| Gross billings | $ | 2,625,749 | $ | 2,271,836 | $ | 353,913 | 15.6 | % | ||||||||
| Adjusted EBITDA | $ | 131,353 | $ | 97,219 | $ | 34,134 | 35.1 | % | ||||||||
| Net sales by customer end market: | ||||||||||||||||
| Telecom, Media & Entertainment | $ | 502,408 | $ | 371,912 | $ | 130,496 | 35.1 | % | ||||||||
| Healthcare | 270,481 | 200,067 | 70,414 | 35.2 | % | |||||||||||
| Technology | 250,485 | 251,683 | (1,198 | ) | (0.5 | %) | ||||||||||
| SLED | 241,769 | 245,919 | (4,150 | ) | (1.7 | %) | ||||||||||
| Financial Services | 155,160 | 198,761 | (43,601 | ) | (21.9 | %) | ||||||||||
| All others | 312,733 | 239,612 | 73,121 | 30.5 | % | |||||||||||
| Total | $ | 1,733,036 | $ | 1,507,954 | $ | 225,082 | 14.9 | % | ||||||||
| Net sales by type: | ||||||||||||||||
| Data Center / Cloud | $ | 581,113 | $ | 516,930 | $ | 64,183 | 12.4 | % | ||||||||
| Networking | 611,488 | 510,205 | 101,283 | 19.9 | % | |||||||||||
| Security | 158,927 | 155,186 | 3,741 | 2.4 | % | |||||||||||
| Collaboration | 57,244 | 47,504 | 9,740 | 20.5 | % | |||||||||||
| Other | 83,639 | 75,964 | 7,675 | 10.1 | % | |||||||||||
| ePlus services | 240,625 | 202,165 | 38,460 | 19.0 | % | |||||||||||
| Total | $ | 1,733,036 | $ | 1,507,954 | $ | 225,082 | 14.9 | % |
37
Table of Contents
Net sales: Net sales for the year
ended March 31, 2022, increased due to an increase in customer demand, primarily from customers in telecom, media and entertainment and healthcare industries, partially offset by a decrease in net sales to customers in the financial
services sector. These changes were driven by growth in product sales in collaboration and networking, and peripherals and artificial intelligence included in the other category, which management, based on its industry knowledge,
generally attributed to hybrid work models having become the prominent operating model for most of our customers. Timing of purchases by our existing customers are determined by their buying cycle and the timing of their specific IT
related initiatives throughout the year.
Also contributing to the increase in net sales were increases in the cost of equipment we incurred from our suppliers due, in part, to
inflation, which we typically pass on to our customers. Service revenues increased due to higher demand for both professional and managed services.
Our net sales by customer end market have remained consistent with the prior year, with over 80% of our sales being generated from customers
within the five end markets specified in the table above.
Gross billings to our customers increased due to organic customer demand as well as our acquisition of Systems Management and Planning, Inc.
(“SMP”) in December 2020, rather than the acquisition or loss of a specific customer
or set of customers.
Cost of sales: The increase in cost
of sales for the year ended March 31, 2022, was due to the increase in demand for both product and services. Cost of product increased slightly less than the increase in product sales due to a change in product sales mix, as a greater
portion of our transaction volume consisted of sales of third-party maintenance, software assurance, subscription/SaaS licenses, and services, for which the revenues and cost of sales are presented on a net basis. Overall, cost of
services increased 19.2%, consistent with the 19.0% increase in sales.
Gross profit: Gross profit
increased for the 2022 fiscal year due to the increase in customer demand as well as higher margins. Gross margin in the Technology segment increased 60 basis points to 23.6%. Gross margin on product sales increased 60 basis points to
21.2% due to a shift in product mix to a greater proportion of sales of third-party maintenance, software assurance, subscription/SaaS licenses, and services. Also contributing to the increase in product margins was higher vendor
incentives earned, which increased $9.0 million in fiscal year 2022.
Service margin decreased 10 basis points to 38.0% for the year ended March 31, 2022, due to changes in mix of services provided.
The service margin decline was comprised of a 90 basis points improvement from managed services, due to ongoing growth and scale in this offering, offset by a 100 basis points decline from professional services due to higher third party
costs.
Selling, general, and administrative expenses: Selling, general, and administrative expenses increased for the 2022 fiscal year mainly due to an increase in salaries and benefits.
Salaries and benefits, including variable compensation, increased $24.1 million or 10.9% to $245.9 million, compared to $221.8 million during the prior year, due to $14.2 million of additional variable
compensation resulting from the increase in gross profit and $9.9 million due to higher salary and benefits expense. Our technology segment had 1,543 employees as of March 31, 2022, which is an increase of 17, or 1.1%, from 1,526 on
March 31, 2021.
General and administrative expenses increased $3.8 million, or 11.2%, to $37.6 million during the year ended March 31, 2022, compared to $33.9 million the prior year. Contributing to the year over year
increase in general and administrative expenses were increases in travel and entertainment, and software, subscription, and maintenance expenses of $2.5 million.
Depreciation and amortization expense: Depreciation and amortization expense increased for the year ended March 31, 2022, due to an increase in amortization of customer relationships as a result of the
SMP acquisition in December 2020.
Interest and financing costs: Interest and financing costs increased for the year ended March 31, 2022, due to higher borrowings outstanding during the year under our WFCDF Credit Facility.
38
Table of Contents
FINANCING SEGMENT
The results of operations for our financing segment for the years ended March 31, 2022, and 2021 were as follows (in thousands):
| Year Ended March 31, | Percent | |||||||||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 2022 | 2021 | Change | Change | |||||||||||||
| Financial Metrics | ||||||||||||||||
| Portfolio earnings | $ | 17,764 | $ | 16,486 | $ | 1,278 | 7.8 | % | ||||||||
| Transactional gains | 18,181 | 14,506 | 3,675 | 25.3 | % | |||||||||||
| Post-contract earnings | 50,495 | 23,771 | 26,724 | 112.4 | % | |||||||||||
| Other | 1,543 | 5,606 | (4,063 | ) | (72.5 | %) | ||||||||||
| Net sales | $ | 87,983 | $ | 60,369 | $ | 27,614 | 45.7 | % | ||||||||
| Cost of sales | 35,154 | 13,050 | 22,104 | 169.4 | % | |||||||||||
| Gross profit | 52,829 | 47,319 | 5,510 | 11.6 | % | |||||||||||
| Selling, general, and administrative | 13,427 | 15,053 | (1,626 | ) | (10.8 | %) | ||||||||||
| Depreciation and amortization | 111 | 112 | (1 | ) | (0.9 | %) | ||||||||||
| Interest and financing costs | 975 | 1,484 | (509 | ) | (34.3 | %) | ||||||||||
| Operating expenses | 14,513 | 16,649 | (2,136 | ) | (12.8 | %) | ||||||||||
| Operating income | $ | 38,316 | $ | 30,670 | $ | 7,646 | 24.9 | % | ||||||||
| Key Metrics & Other Information | ||||||||||||||||
| Adjusted EBITDA | $ | 38,651 | $ | 31,026 | $ | 7,625 | 24.6 | % |
Net sales: For the year ended March 31, 2022, net sales increased due to higher post contract earnings and transactional gains, offset slightly by a decrease in other financing revenues. Post-contract
revenue increased due to an increase of $22.8 million from proceeds from early lease buyouts and sales of off-lease equipment, as we had a few large customer driven transactions in fiscal year 2022. Portfolio revenue increased due to
increases in operating lease income offset by decreased sales-type lease earnings over the prior fiscal year. Other financing revenues decreased due to lower profit recognized from signing new lease extensions with customers where the
prior lease was classified as an operating lease and the new modified lease was determined to be a sales-type lease. Transactional gains increased due to higher volume of financing receivables sold. Total proceeds from sales of
financing receivables were $855.1 million and $364.0 million for the years ended March 31, 2022, and 2021, respectively.
Cost of sales: Cost of sales for the year ended March 31, 2022, increased due to an increase of $18.2 million in the cost of equipment from early lease buyouts and off-lease equipment and an increase in
operating lease depreciation of $3.7 million.
Selling, general, and administrative expenses: Selling,
general, and administrative expenses decreased in the 2022 fiscal year due to a reduction in our allowance for credit losses by $1.2 million, and salaries and
benefits of $0.6 million. Our financing segment employed 34 people as of March 31, 2022, and 2021. Certain support functions for the financing segment are shared resources with the technology segment.
Interest and financing costs: Interest and financing costs decreased due to lower borrowings during the year. Our total notes payable for the financing segment decreased as of March 31, 2022, to $21.2
million from $56.1 million for the prior year. Our weighted average interest rate for our non-recourse notes payable was 3.59% as of March 31, 2022, compared to 3.35% for March 31, 2021.
CONSOLIDATED
Other income (expense), net: Other income (expense), net during the year ended March 31, 2022, netted to an expense of $0.4 million and included foreign exchange rate loss of $0.5 million. Other income
(expense), net during the year ended March 31, 2021, was income of $0.6 million and included foreign exchange rate gain of $0.5 million and interest income of $0.1 million.
Income taxes: Our effective income tax rates for the years ended March 31, 2022, and 2021 were 28.1% and 30.4%, respectively. The decrease in our effective income tax rate year over year is primarily
due to prior year unfavorable adjustments to the federal benefit from state taxes and non-deductible executive compensation.
Net earnings: Net earnings were $105.6 million for the year ended March 31, 2022, an increase of 41.9% or $31.2 million as compared to $74.4 million in the prior fiscal year. The net earnings increase
was due primarily to the increase in operating profits from our technology segment, and a lower income tax rate in the current year compared to the year ended March 31, 2021.
39
Table of Contents
Basic and fully diluted earnings per common share for the year ended March 31, 2022, were $3.96 and $3.93, respectively, and both increased 41.9% over the prior year. Basic and fully diluted earnings per
common share were $2.79 and $2.77, respectively, for the year ended March 31, 2021.
Weighted average common shares outstanding used in the calculation of basic and diluted earnings per common share were 26.6 million and 26.9 million, respectively, for year ended March 31, 2022. Weighted
average common shares outstanding used in the calculation of basic and diluted earnings per common share were 26.7 million and 26.8 million, respectively, for the year ended March 31, 2021.
LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES
LIQUIDITY OVERVIEW
We finance our operations through funds generated from operations and through borrowings. We use those funds to meet our capital requirements, which have historically consisted primarily of working capital for
operational needs, capital expenditures, purchases of equipment for lease, payments of principal and interest on indebtedness outstanding, acquisitions and the repurchase of shares of our common stock.
Our borrowings in our technology segment are through our WFCDF Credit Facility. Our borrowings in our financing segment are primarily through secured borrowings that involve transferring all or part of the
contractual payments due to us to third-party financing institutions.
We believe that cash on hand and funds generated from operations, together with available credit under our credit facility, will be enough to finance our working capital, capital expenditures, and other
requirements for at least the next year.
Our ability to continue to expand, both organically and through acquisitions, is dependent upon our ability to generate enough cash flow from operations or from borrowing or other sources of financing as may
be required. While at this time we do not anticipate requiring any additional sources of financing to fund operations, if demand for IT products declines, or if our supply of products is delayed or interrupted, our cash flows from
operations may be substantially affected.
CASH FLOWS
The following table summarizes our sources and uses of cash for the years ended March 31, 2023, and 2022 (in thousands):
| Year Ended March 31, | ||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 2023 | 2022 | |||||||
| Net cash used in operating activities | $ | (15,425 | ) | $ | (20,571 | ) | ||
| Net cash used in investing activities | (18,926 | ) | (1,259 | ) | ||||
| Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities | (20,950 | ) | 47,176 | |||||
| Effect of exchange rate changes on cash | 3,016 | 470 | ||||||
| Net increase in cash and cash equivalents | $ | (52,285 | ) | $ | 25,816 |
40
Table of Contents
Cash flows from operating activities
We used $15.4 million in operating activities during the year ended March 31, 2023, compared to using $20.6 million during the year ended March 31, 2022. The following table provides a breakdown of operating
cash flows by segment for the years ended March 31, 2023, and 2022 (in thousands):
| Year Ended March 31, | ||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 2023 | 2022 | |||||||
| Technology segment | $ | 17,157 | $ | (20,243 | ) | |||
| Financing segment | (32,582 | ) | (328 | ) | ||||
| Net cash used in operating activities | $ | (15,425 | ) | $ | (20,571 | ) |
Technology Segment: During the year ended March 31, 2023, our technology segment provided $17.2 million from operating activities primarily due to net earnings and an
increase in payables, partially offset by increases in accounts receivables and inventories.
During the year ended March 31, 2022, our technology segment used $20.2 million from operating activities primarily due to increases in working capital, inventories, and accounts receivable, offset by net
earnings.
To manage our working capital, we monitor our cash conversion cycle for our technology segment, which is defined as days sales outstanding (“DSO”) in accounts receivable plus days of supply in inventory
(“DIO”) minus days of purchases outstanding in accounts payable (“DPO”).
The following table presents the components of the cash conversion cycle for our Technology segment:
| As of March 31, | ||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 2023 | 2022 | |||||||
| (DSO) Days sales outstanding (1) | 74 | 71 | ||||||
| (DIO) Days inventory outstanding (2) | 38 | 25 | ||||||
| (DPO) Days payable outstanding (3) | (53 | ) | (46 | ) | ||||
| Cash conversion cycle | 59 | 50 |
| Column 1 | Column 2 |
|---|---|
| (1) | Represents the rolling three-month average of the balance of trade accounts receivable-trade, net for our technology segment at the end of the period divided by Gross billings for the same three-month period. |
| Column 1 | Column 2 |
|---|---|
| (2) | Represents the rolling three-month average of the balance of inventory, net for our technology segment at the end of the period divided by the direct cost of products and services billed to our customers for the same three-month period. |
| Column 1 | Column 2 |
|---|---|
| (3) | Represents the rolling three-month average of the combined balance of accounts payable-trade and accounts payable-floor plan for our technology segment at the end of the period divided by the direct cost of products and services billed to our customers for the same three-month period. |
Our standard payment term for customers is between 30-60 days; however, certain customers or orders may be approved for extended payment terms. Our DSOs for the quarters ended March 31, 2023, and 2022 were greater than our standard
payment terms primarily due to a significant proportion of sales in those quarters to customers with payment terms greater than or equal to net 60 days. Invoices processed through our credit facility, or the A/P-floor plan balance, are
typically paid within 45-60 days from the invoice date, while A/P trade invoices are typically paid within 30 days from the invoice date.
Our cash conversion cycle increased to 59 days for March 31, 2023, compared to 50 days for March 31, 2022, as DIO increased by 13 days, DPO increased by 7 days, and DSO increased by 3 days from March 31, 2022,
to March 2023.
Inventory, which represents equipment ordered by customers but not yet delivered, increased 56.9% to $243.3 million as of March 31, 2023, up from $155.1 million as of March 31, 2022, partially due to ongoing projects with customers.
Accounts receivable—trade, net increased by 17.1% to $504.1 million as of March 31, 2023, up from $430.4 million as of March 31, 2022, primarily due to a 17.6% increase in Gross billings to $733.1 million in the fourth quarter as
compared to $623.6 million in the prior fiscal year. The increase in days payable outstanding is driven by our growth in sales volume.
Financing Segment: During the year ended March 31, 2023, our financing segment used $32.6 million in operating activities, primarily due to changes in financing
receivables and deferred costs, partially offset by net earnings.
During the year ended March 31, 2022, our financing segment used $0.3 million from operating activities, primarily due to the issuance of new financing receivables.
41
Table of Contents
Cash flows related to investing activities
During the year ended March 31, 2023, we used $18.9 million in investing activities, consisting of $9.4 million for purchases of property, equipment, and operating lease equipment and $13.3 million to acquire
Future Com, Ltd., partially offset by $3.7 million of proceeds from the sale of operating lease equipment.
During the year ended March 31, 2022, we used $1.3 million from investing activities, consisting of $23.2 million for purchases of property, equipment, and operating lease equipment, partially offset by $21.9
million of proceeds from the sale of property, equipment, and operating lease equipment.
Cash flows from financing activities
During the year ended March 31, 2023, we used $21.0 million in financing activities. We had net repayments of notes payable and borrowings on our credit facility in our technology segment of $7.1 million,
offset by net borrowings of non-recourse and recourse notes payable of $4.1 million by our financing segment. Additionally, we had cash inflows of $10.7 million from net borrowings on the floor plan facility and cash outflows of $7.2
million from the repurchase of common stock.
During the year ended March 31, 2022, financing activities provided $47.2 million. We had net repayments of notes payable in our technology segment of $6.7 million, offset by net borrowings of non-recourse and
recourse notes payable of $20.8 million by our financing segment. Additionally, we had cash inflows of $46.7 million from net borrowings on the floor plan facility and cash outflows of $13.6 million from the repurchase of common stock.
Our borrowing of non-recourse and recourse notes payable primarily arises from our financing segment when we transfer contractual payments due to us under financing agreements to third-party financial
institutions. When the transfers do not meet the requirements for a sale, the proceeds paid to us represent borrowings of non-recourse and recourse notes payable.
Non-Cash Activities
We transfer contractual payments due to us under lease and financing agreements to third-party financial institutions. In certain assignment agreements, we may direct the third-party financial institution to
pay some of the proceeds from the assignment directly to the vendor or vendors that have supplied the assets being leased or financed. In these situations, the portion of the proceeds paid directly to our vendors are non-cash
transactions.
SECURED BORROWINGS – FINANCING SEGMENT
We may finance all or most of the cost of the assets that we finance for customers by transferring all or part of the contractual payments due to us to third-party financial institutions. When we account for the transfer as a secured
borrowing, we recognize the proceeds as either recourse or non-recourse notes payable. Our customers are responsible for repaying the debt from a secured borrowing. The lender typically secures a lien on the financed assets at the time
the financial assets are transferred and releases it upon collecting all the transferred payments. We are not liable for the repayment of non-recourse loans unless we breach our representations and warranties in the loan agreements. The
lender assumes the credit risk and its only recourse, upon default by the customer, is against the customer and the specific equipment under lease. While we expect that the credit quality of our financing arrangements and our residual
return history will continue to allow us to obtain such financing, such financing may not be available on acceptable terms, or at all. Interest rates have been rising and may continue to rise. To preserve our expected internal rate of
return, we generally quote rates that are indexed. Some of our lenders will not commit to rates for a length of time, resulting in exposure to us if the rates rise and we cannot pass such exposure to the customer.
CREDIT FACILITY – TECHNOLOGY SEGMENT
We finance the operations of our subsidiaries ePlus Technology, inc., ePlus Technology Services, inc. and SLAIT Consulting,
LLC (collectively, the “Borrowers”) in our technology segment through a credit facility with WFCDF. The WFCDF Credit Facility has a floor plan facility and a revolving credit facility.
Please refer to Note 9, “Notes Payable and Credit Facility” in the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements included in Part
II, Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K for additional information concerning our WFCDF Credit Facility.
42
Table of Contents
The loss of the WFCDF Credit Facility could have a material adverse effect on our future results as we currently rely on this facility and its components for daily working capital and liquidity for our
technology segment and as an operational function of our accounts payable process.
Floor plan facility
We finance most purchases of products for sale to our customers through the floor plan facility. Once our customers place a purchase order with us and we have approved their credit, we place an
order for the desired products with one of our vendors. Our vendors are generally paid by the floor plan facility and our liability is reflected in “accounts payable—floor plan” in our consolidated balance sheets.
Most customer payments to us are remitted to our lockbox accounts. Once payments are cleared, the monies in the lockbox accounts are automatically and daily transferred to our operating account. We pay
down the floor plan facility on three specified dates each month, generally 30-60 days from the invoice date. Our borrowings and repayments under the floor plan component are included in “net
borrowings (repayments) on floor plan facility” within cash flows from the financing activities in our consolidated statements of cash flows.
As of March 31, 2023, we had a maximum credit limit of $500.0 million, and an outstanding balance on the floor plan of $134.6 million. As of March 31, 2022, we had a maximum credit limit of $375.0 million, and
the outstanding balance on the floor plan facility was $145.3 million. On our balance sheet, our liability under the floor plan facility is presented as part of accounts payable – floor plan.
Revolving credit facility
The outstanding balance under the revolving credit facility is presented as part of recourse notes payable- current on our consolidated balance sheets. Our borrowings and repayments under the revolving credit facility are included in
“borrowings of non-recourse and recourse notes payable” and “repayments of non-recourse and recourse notes payable,” respectively, within cash flows from the financing activities in our consolidated statements of cash flows.
As of March 31, 2023, and March 31, 2022, we did not have any outstanding balance under the revolving credit facility. The maximum credit limit under this facility was $200.0 million as of March 31, 2023, compared to $100.0 million
as of March 31, 2022.
PERFORMANCE GUARANTEES
In the normal course of business, we may provide certain customers with performance guarantees, which are generally backed by surety bonds. In general, we would only be liable for these
guarantees in the event of default in the performance of our obligations. We are in compliance with the performance obligations under all service contracts for which there is a performance guarantee, and we believe that any liability
incurred in connection with these guarantees would not have a material adverse effect on our consolidated statements of operations.
OFF-BALANCE SHEET ARRANGEMENTS
As part of our ongoing business, we do not participate in transactions that generate relationships with unconsolidated entities or financial partnerships, such as entities often referred to as structured
finance or special purpose entities, which would have been established for the purpose of facilitating off-balance sheet arrangements or other contractually narrow or limited purposes. As of March 31, 2023, and 2022, we were not
involved in any unconsolidated special purpose entity transactions.
ADEQUACY OF CAPITAL RESOURCES
The continued implementation of our business strategy will require a significant investment in both resources and managerial focus. In addition, we may selectively acquire other companies that have attractive
customer relationships and skilled sales and/or engineering forces. We may also open facilities in new geographic areas, which may require a significant investment of cash. We may also acquire technology companies to expand and enhance
our geographic footprint, or the platform of bundled solutions to provide additional functionality and value-added services. We may require additional capital due to increases in inventory to accommodate our customers’ IT installation
schedules. We may continue to use our internally generated funds to finance investments in leased assets or investments in notes receivable due from our customers. These actions may result in increased working capital needs as the
business expands. As a result, we may require additional financing to fund our strategy, implementation, potential future acquisitions, and working capital needs, which may include additional debt and equity financing. While the future
is uncertain, we do not believe our WFCDF Credit Facility will be terminated by WFCDF or us. Additionally, while our lending partners in our financing segment have become more discerning in their approval processes, we currently have
funding resources available for our transactions.
43
Table of Contents
POTENTIAL FLUCTUATIONS IN QUARTERLY OPERATING RESULTS
Our future quarterly operating results and the market price of our common stock may fluctuate. In the event our revenues or earnings for any quarter are less than the level expected by
securities analysts or the market in general, such shortfall could have an immediate and significant adverse impact on the market price of our common stock. Any such adverse impact could be greater if any such shortfall occurs near the
time of any material decrease in any widely followed stock index or in the market price of the stock of one or more public equipment leasing and financing companies, IT resellers, software competitors, major customers, or vendors of
ours.
Our quarterly results of operations are susceptible to fluctuations for a number of reasons, including, but not limited to currency fluctuations, reduction in IT spending, shortages of
product from our vendors due to material shortages, any reduction of expected residual values related to the equipment under our leases, the timing and mix of specific transactions, the reduction of manufacturer incentive programs, and
other factors. Quarterly operating results could also fluctuate as a result of our sale of equipment in our lease portfolio to a lessee or third-party at the expiration of a lease term or prior to such expiration, and the transfer of
financial assets. Sales of equipment and transfers of financial assets may have the effect of increasing revenues and net income during the quarter in which the sale occurs and reducing revenues and net income otherwise expected in
subsequent quarters.
We believe that comparisons of quarterly results of our operations are not necessarily meaningful and that results for one quarter should not be relied upon as an indication of future performance.
CONTRACTUAL OBLIGATIONS
Our material contractual obligations consist of payments on recourse and non-recourse notes payable and lease liabilities. Please refer to Note 5, “Lessee Accounting” and Note 9, “Notes Payable and Credit Facility” in the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements included in Part II, Item 8 of
this Annual Report on Form 10-K for additional information regarding the maturities of these obligations. Additionally, we have contractual obligations of $10.5 million over the next 4 years for
certain hosted software and data center services.
CRITICAL ACCOUNTING ESTIMATES
Our consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with US GAAP. Our significant accounting policies are described in Note 1, “Organization and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies” in the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements included in Part II, Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. The accounting policies described below
are significantly affected by critical accounting estimates. Such accounting policies require significant judgments, assumptions, and estimates, and actual results could differ materially from the amounts reported based on these
policies.
REVENUE RECOGNITION — When we enter into contracts with customers, we are required to identify the performance obligations in the contract. We recognize most of our revenues from the sales of third-party
products, third-party software, third-party maintenance, software support, and services, ePlus professional and managed services, and hosting ePlus
proprietary software. Our recognition of revenue differs for each of these distinct types of performance obligations and identifying each performance obligation appropriately may require judgment.
When a contract contains multiple distinct performance obligations, we allocate the transaction price to each performance obligation based on its relative standalone selling price. We determine standalone
selling prices using expected cost-plus margin. When we finance sales of third-party software and third-party maintenance, software support, and services, we reduce the transaction price by the financing component.
We recognize revenue from sales of third-party products and third-party software at the point in time that control passes to the customer, which is typically upon delivery of the product to the customer. We
perform an analysis to estimate the amount of sales in-transit at the end of the period and adjust revenue and the related costs to reflect only what has been delivered to the customer. This analysis is based upon an analysis of
current quarter and historical delivery dates.
We recognize revenue from sales of third-party maintenance, software support, and services when our customer and vendor accept the terms and conditions of the arrangement. On occasion, judgment is required
to determine this point in time.
44
Table of Contents
We provide ePlus professional services under both time and materials and fixed price contracts. When services are provided on a time and materials basis, we
recognize sales at agreed-upon billing rates as services are performed. When services are provided on a fixed fee basis, we recognize sales over time in proportion to our progress toward complete satisfaction of the performance
obligation. Using this method requires a determination of the appropriate input or output method to measure progress. We most often measure progress based on costs incurred in proportion to total estimated costs, commonly referred to
as the “cost-to-cost” method. When using this method, significant judgment may be required to estimate the total costs to complete the performance obligation. We typically recognize sales of ePlus
managed services on a straight-line basis over the period services are provided.
We recognize financing revenues from our investments in leases and notes receivable. We recognize interest income on our notes-receivable using the effective interest method.
We classify our leases as either sales-type leases or operating leases. For sales-type leases, upon lease commencement, we recognize the present value of the lease payments and the residual asset discounted
using the rate implicit in the lease. When we are financing equipment provided by another dealer, we typically do not have any selling profit or loss arising from the lease. When we are the dealer of the equipment being leased, we
typically recognize revenue in the amount of the lease receivable and cost of sales in the amount of the carrying value of the underlying asset minus the unguaranteed residual asset. We may need to use judgment to determine the fair
value of the equipment. After the commencement date, we recognize interest income as part of net sales using the effective interest method. For operating leases, we recognize the underlying asset as an operating lease asset. We
depreciate the asset on a straight-line basis to its estimated residual value over its estimated useful life. We recognize the lease payments over the lease term on a straight-line basis as part of net sales.
We account for the transfer of financial assets as sales or secured borrowings. When a transfer meets all the requirements for sale accounting, we derecognize the financial asset and record a net gain or
loss that is included in net sales. We utilize qualified attorneys to provide a true-sale-at-law opinion to support the conclusion that transferred financial assets have been legally isolated.
RESIDUAL ASSETS — Our estimate for the residual asset in a lease is the amount we expect to derive from the underlying asset following the end of the lease term. Our estimates vary, both in amount and as a
percentage of the original equipment cost, and depend upon several factors, including the equipment type, vendor’s discount, market conditions, lease term, equipment supply and demand, and new product announcements by vendors. We
evaluate residual values for impairment on a quarterly basis. We do not recognize upward adjustments due to changes in estimates of residual values.
GOODWILL — We test goodwill for impairment on an annual basis, as of October 1, and between annual tests if an event occurs, or circumstances change, that would more likely than not reduce the fair value of
a reporting unit below its carrying amount. Goodwill is tested for impairment at a level of reporting referred to as a reporting unit.
In a qualitative assessment, we assess qualitative factors to determine whether it is more likely than not (that is, a likelihood of more than 50 percent) that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than
its carrying amount, including goodwill. A significant amount of judgment is involved in determining if an event representing an indicator of impairment has occurred between annual test dates. Such indicators may include: a
significant decline in expected future cash flows; a sustained, significant decline in stock price and market capitalization; a significant adverse change in legal factors or in the business climate; unanticipated competition; the
testing for recoverability of a significant asset group within a reporting unit; and reductions in revenue or profitability growth rates.
In the quantitative impairment test, we compare the fair value of a reporting unit with its carrying amount, including goodwill. We estimate the fair value of each reporting unit using a combination of the
income approach and market approaches.
The income approach incorporates the use of a discounted cash flow method in which the estimated future cash flows and terminal values for each reporting unit are discounted to a present value using a
discount rate. Cash flow projections are based on management’s estimates of economic and market conditions which drive key assumptions of revenue growth rates, operating margins, capital expenditures and working capital requirements.
The discount rate in turn is based on the specific risk characteristics of each reporting unit, the weighted average cost of capital and its underlying forecast.
The market approach estimates fair value by applying performance metric multiples to the reporting unit’s prior and expected operating performance. The multiples are derived from comparable publicly traded
companies with similar operating and investment characteristics as the reporting unit.
45
Table of Contents
The fair values determined by the market approach and income approach, as described above, are weighted to determine the fair value for each reporting unit. Although we have consistently used the same methods
in developing the assumptions and estimates underlying the fair value calculations, such estimates are uncertain and may vary from actual results.
VENDOR CONSIDERATION — We receive payments and credits from vendors and distributors, including consideration pursuant to volume incentive programs, and shared marketing expense programs. Many of these
programs extend over one or more quarters’ sales activities. Different programs have different vendor/program specific goals to achieve. We recognize the rebates pursuant to volume incentive programs, when the rebate is probable and
reasonably estimable, based on a systematic and rational allocation of the cash consideration offered to each of the underlying transactions that results in our progress towards earning the rebate. Should our actual performance be
different from our estimates, we may be required to adjust our receivables.
ALLOWANCE FOR CREDIT LOSSES — We maintain an allowance for credit losses related to our accounts receivable and financing receivables. We record an expense in the amount necessary to adjust the allowance for
credit losses to our current estimate of expected credit losses on financial assets. We estimate expected credit losses based on our internal rating of the customer’s credit quality, our historical credit losses, current economic
conditions, and other relevant factors. Prior to providing credit, we assign an internal rating for each customer’s credit quality based on the customer’s financial status, rating agency reports and other financial information. We
review our internal ratings for each customer at least annually or when there is an indicator of a change in credit quality, such as a delinquency or bankruptcy. We write off financing receivables when we deem them to be
uncollectable. As of March 31, 2023, we estimated lower expected credit loss rates related to both our accounts receivable and financing receivables as compared to March 31, 2022.
INCOME TAXES — We make certain estimates and judgments in determining income tax expense for financial statement reporting purposes. These estimates and judgments occur in the calculation of certain tax
assets and liabilities, which principally arise from differences in the timing of recognition of revenue and expense for tax and financial statement reporting purposes. We also must analyze income tax reserves, as well as determine
the likelihood of recoverability of deferred tax assets and adjust any valuation allowances accordingly.
Considerations with respect to the recoverability of deferred tax assets include the period of expiration of the tax asset, planned use of the tax asset, and historical and projected taxable income as well
as tax liabilities for the tax jurisdiction to which the tax asset relates. Valuation allowances are evaluated periodically and will be subject to change in each future reporting period as a result of changes in one or more of these
factors. The calculation of our tax liabilities also involves considering uncertainties in the application of complex tax regulations. We recognize liabilities for uncertain income tax positions based on our estimate of whether, and
the extent to which, additional taxes will be required.
BUSINESS COMBINATIONS — We account for business combinations using the acquisition method. For each acquisition, we recognize most assets acquired, and liabilities assumed at their fair values at the
acquisition date. Our valuations of certain assets acquired, including customer relationships and trade names, and certain liabilities assumed, involve significant judgment and estimation. Additionally, our determination of the
purchase price may include an estimate for the fair value of contingent consideration. We utilize independent valuation specialists to assist us in determining the fair value of certain assets and liabilities. Our valuations utilize
significant estimates, such as forecasted revenues and profits. Changes in our estimates could significantly impact the value of certain assets and liabilities.
RECENT ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS
Please refer to Note 2, “Recent Accounting Pronouncements” in the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements included in Part II, Item
8 of this Form 10-K.
FY 2022 10-K MD&A
SEC filing source: 0001140361-22-020620.
ITEM 7. MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
The following discussion and analysis of the financial condition and results of operations (“financial review”) of ePlus is intended to help investors understand our
company and our operations. The financial review is provided as a supplement to, and should be read in conjunction with, the consolidated financial statements and the related notes included elsewhere in this report.
For a discussion of results for the year ended March 31, 2021 compared to the results for the year ended March 31, 2020, see “Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” of our Annual
Report on Form 10-K for the year ended March 31, 2021, filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on May 21, 2021.
On December 13, 2021, we completed a two-for-one stock split in the form of a stock dividend. References made to outstanding shares or per share amounts have been retroactively adjusted for this stock split.
EXECUTIVE OVERVIEW
BUSINESS DESCRIPTION
We provide leading IT products and services, flexible leasing and financing solutions, and enterprise supply management to enable our customers to optimize their IT infrastructure and supply chain processes.
We design, implement, and provide IT solutions for customers. We focus primarily on specialized IT segments including data center infrastructure, networking, security, cloud, and collaboration. Our solutions
incorporate hardware and software products from multiple leading IT vendors. As our customers’ IT requirements have grown increasingly complex, we have evolved our offerings by investing in our professional and managed services capabilities
and by expanding our relationships with existing and emerging key vendors.
We are an authorized reseller of over 1,000 vendors, which have enabled us to provide our customers with new and evolving IT solutions. We possess top-level engineering certifications with a broad range of
leading IT vendors that enable us to offer IT solutions that are optimized for each of our customers’ specific requirements. Our proprietary software solutions allow our customers to procure, control and automate their IT solutions
environment.
BUSINESS TRENDS
COVID-19 pandemic update: The novel coronavirus (“COVID-19”) pandemic continues to have widespread
impacts on global society, economies, financial markets, and business practices. Federal, state, and local governments and public health authorities have required and may in the future require measures to contain the virus, including rules
related to vaccine status, social distancing, travel restrictions, border closures, limitations on public gatherings, work from home, safety-related modifications to workplaces, supply chain logistical changes, and closure of non-essential
businesses.
As COVID-19 impacts continue across the country and globe, we have been adjusting our business activities for the safety of our employees and to best serve our customers in this rapidly evolving environment.
Our offices are open, with required health and safety protocols in place. However, we have implemented a flexible work from home strategy applicable to all offices and operational continuity plans to provide sufficient resources to continue
supporting our customers, and we will continue to evaluate returning to the office on an ongoing basis. Our configuration centers have remained open with our employees working in them following required health and safety protocols. In
addition, we also have a procedure to review our employees’ business-related travel in accordance with health regulations and guidance. Our managed service teams are distributed across the US with the ability to leverage technology to provide
coverage while working from home. While we and many of our customers and vendor partners have restricted in-person meetings, we are leveraging video and other collaborative tools to continue to be responsive.
Our account relationship teams are actively engaging with our customers to ensure they have the support needed in adjusting to changes in the business environment and government directives. Also, we are working
closely with our vendor partners to address varying impacts on their supply chains, which have been impacted by materials shortages.
We continue to execute against and adjust our business continuity plans to maximize our ability to support our employees and customers in concert with our vendor partners. We have an internal resource page to
support specific customer inquiries from security to collaboration to financing options. We remain committed to driving positive business outcomes.
27
Table of Contents
The extent to which the COVID-19 pandemic impacts our business going forward will depend on numerous evolving factors we cannot
reliably predict, including the duration and scope of the pandemic; the impact of variants; governmental, business, and individuals’ actions in response to the pandemic; the efficacy of vaccines and boosters; the willingness of people to be
inoculated; potential vaccine-related regulations; court rulings; and the impact on economic activity including the possibility of recession, inflation, or financial market instability. These factors may adversely impact business and
government spending on technology as well as our customers’ ability to pay for our products and services on an ongoing basis. This uncertainty also affects management’s accounting estimates and assumptions, which could result in greater
variability in a variety of areas that depend on these estimates and assumptions. Refer to Part I, Item 1A. “Risk Factors” of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
Supply constraints: A worldwide shortage of certain IT products is resulting from, among other things, shortages in
semiconductors and other product components. Like others, we are experiencing ongoing supply constraints that have affected, and could continue to further affect, lead times for delivery of products, the costs of products, vendor return and
cancellation policies, and our ability to meet customer demands. We continue to work closely with our suppliers to further mitigate disruptions outside our control. Despite these actions, we believe extended lead times will likely persist
for at least the next few quarters.
Inflation: For the periods presented herein, we have experienced increases in prices from our suppliers as well as rising
wages and interest rates. We generally have been able to pass price increases to our customers. Our labor costs related to services we perform will take longer to pass to customers that have services engagements where prices may be set. Our
financing quotes are generally indexed to market changes to enable us to change rates from time of quote to funding. Financing transactions funded with our cash flows, not debt, are subject to interest rate risk. If the market interest rate
exceeds our internal rate of return, we may not fund the transaction to obtain the proceeds and lock in our profit on the transaction. There can be no assurances, however, that inflation would not have a material impact on our sales, gross
profit, or operating costs in the future.
KEY BUSINESS METRICS
Our management monitors several financial and non-financial measures and ratios on a regular basis to track the progress of our business. We believe that the most important of these measures and ratios include net sales, gross margin,
operating income margin, net earnings, net earnings per common share, Adjusted EBITDA, Adjusted EBITDA margin, Adjusted gross billings, and Non-GAAP Net earnings per share. We use a variety of operating and other information to evaluate the
operating performance of our business, develop financial forecasts, make strategic decisions, and prepare and approve annual budgets.
These key indicators include financial information that is prepared in accordance with US GAAP and presented in our consolidated financial statements, as well as Non-GAAP performance measurement tools. Generally, a Non-GAAP financial
measure is a numerical measure of a company’s performance or financial position that either excludes or includes amounts that are not normally excluded or included in the most directly comparable measure calculated and presented in accordance
with US GAAP. Non-GAAP measures used by management may differ from similar measures used by other companies, even when similar terms are used to identify such measures.
28
Table of Contents
The following table provides our key business metrics (in thousands, except per share amounts):
| Year Ended March 31, | ||||||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| Consolidated | 2022 | 2021 | 2020 | |||||||||
| Net sales | $ | 1,821,019 | $ | 1,568,323 | $ | 1,588,404 | ||||||
| Gross profit | $ | 460,982 | $ | 393,554 | $ | 391,191 | ||||||
| Gross margin | 25.3 | % | 25.1 | % | 24.6 | % | ||||||
| Operating income margin | 8.1 | % | 6.8 | % | 6.0 | % | ||||||
| Net earnings | $ | 105,600 | $ | 74,397 | $ | 69,082 | ||||||
| Net earnings margin | 5.8 | % | 4.7 | % | 4.3 | % | ||||||
| Net earnings per common share - diluted | $ | 3.93 | $ | 2.77 | $ | 2.57 | ||||||
| Non-GAAP: Net earnings (1) | $ | 117,964 | $ | 85,567 | $ | 82,167 | ||||||
| Non-GAAP: Net earnings per common share - diluted (1) | $ | 4.39 | $ | 3.19 | $ | 3.06 | ||||||
| Adjusted EBITDA (2) | $ | 170,004 | $ | 128,245 | $ | 119,359 | ||||||
| Adjusted EBITDA margin | 9.3 | % | 8.2 | % | 7.5 | % | ||||||
| Technology Segment | ||||||||||||
| Net sales | $ | 1,733,036 | $ | 1,507,954 | $ | 1,530,138 | ||||||
| Adjusted gross billings (3) | $ | 2,620,614 | $ | 2,263,865 | $ | 2,227,885 | ||||||
| Gross profit | $ | 408,153 | $ | 346,235 | $ | 340,588 | ||||||
| Gross margin | 23.6 | % | 23.0 | % | 22.3 | % | ||||||
| Operating income | $ | 109,000 | $ | 75,665 | $ | 62,155 | ||||||
| Adjusted EBITDA (2) | $ | 131,353 | $ | 97,219 | $ | 85,840 | ||||||
| Financing Segment | ||||||||||||
| Net sales | $ | 87,983 | $ | 60,369 | $ | 58,266 | ||||||
| Gross profit | $ | 52,829 | $ | 47,319 | $ | 50,603 | ||||||
| Operating income | $ | 38,316 | $ | 30,670 | $ | 33,124 | ||||||
| Adjusted EBITDA (2) | $ | 38,651 | $ | 31,026 | $ | 33,519 |
| Column 1 | Column 2 |
|---|---|
| (1) | Non-GAAP Net earnings and Non-GAAP Net earnings per common share – diluted is based on net earnings calculated in accordance with GAAP, adjusted to exclude other income (expense), share-based compensation, and acquisition and integration expenses, and the related tax effects. |
We use Non-GAAP Net earnings per common share as a supplemental measure of our performance to gain insight into our operating performance. We believe that the exclusion of other income and acquisition related
amortization expense in calculating Non-GAAP Net earnings per common share provides management and investors a useful measure for period-to-period comparisons of our business and operating results by excluding items that management believes
are not reflective of our underlying operating performance. Accordingly, we believe that Non-GAAP Net earnings per common share provide useful information to investors and others in understanding and evaluating our operating results. However,
our use of Non-GAAP information as analytical tools has limitations, and you should not consider them in isolation or as substitutes for analysis of our financial results as reported under GAAP. In addition, other companies, including
companies in our industry, might calculate similar Non-GAAP Net earnings and Non-GAAP Net earnings per common share or similarly titled measures differently, which may reduce their usefulness as comparative measures.
29
Table of Contents
The following table provides our calculation of Non-GAAP Net earnings and Non-GAAP Net earnings per common share – diluted
(in thousands, except per share amounts):
| Year Ended March 31, | ||||||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 2022 | 2021 | 2020 | ||||||||||
| GAAP: Earnings before tax | $ | 146,884 | $ | 106,906 | $ | 95,959 | ||||||
| Share based compensation | 7,114 | 7,167 | 7,954 | |||||||||
| Acquisition and integration expense | - | 271 | 1,676 | |||||||||
| Acquisition related amortization expense | 10,072 | 9,116 | 9,217 | |||||||||
| Other (income) expense | 432 | (571 | ) | (680 | ) | |||||||
| Non-GAAP: Earnings before provision for income taxes | 164,502 | 122,889 | 114,126 | |||||||||
| GAAP: Provision for income taxes | 41,284 | 32,509 | 26,877 | |||||||||
| Share based compensation | 2,014 | 2,188 | 2,218 | |||||||||
| Acquisition and integration expense | - | 78 | 490 | |||||||||
| Acquisition related amortization expense | 2,803 | 2,730 | 2,487 | |||||||||
| Other (income) expense | 120 | (143 | ) | (200 | ) | |||||||
| Tax benefit (expense) on restricted stock | 317 | (40 | ) | 87 | ||||||||
| Non-GAAP: Provision for income taxes | 46,538 | 37,322 | 31,959 | |||||||||
| Non-GAAP: Net earnings | $ | 117,964 | $ | 85,567 | $ | 82,167 |
| Year Ended March 31, | ||||||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 2022 | 2021 | 2020 | ||||||||||
| GAAP: Net earnings per common share - diluted | $ | 3.93 | $ | 2.77 | $ | 2.57 | ||||||
| Share based compensation | 0.20 | 0.19 | 0.22 | |||||||||
| Acquisition and integration expense | - | 0.01 | 0.04 | |||||||||
| Acquisition related amortization expense | 0.26 | 0.24 | 0.25 | |||||||||
| Other (income) expense | 0.01 | (0.02 | ) | (0.02 | ) | |||||||
| Tax benefit (expense) on restricted stock | (0.01 | ) | - | - | ||||||||
| Total non-GAAP adjustments - net of tax | 0.46 | 0.42 | 0.49 | |||||||||
| Non-GAAP: Net earnings per common share - diluted | $ | 4.39 | $ | 3.19 | $ | 3.06 |
| Column 1 | Column 2 |
|---|---|
| (2) | We define Adjusted EBITDA as net earnings calculated in accordance with GAAP, adjusted for the following: interest expense, depreciation and amortization, share-based compensation, acquisition and integration expenses, provision for income taxes, and other income. Segment Adjusted EBITDA is defined as operating income calculated in accordance with GAAP, adjusted for interest expense, share-based compensation, acquisition and integration expenses, and depreciation and amortization. We consider the interest on notes payable from our financing segment and depreciation expense presented within cost of sales, which includes depreciation on assets financed as operating leases, to be operating expenses. As such, they are not included in the amounts added back to net earnings in the Adjusted EBITDA calculation. We provide below a reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA to net earnings, which is the most directly comparable financial measure to this Non-GAAP financial measure. Adjusted EBITDA margin is our calculation of Adjusted EBITDA divided by net sales. |
We use Adjusted EBITDA as a supplemental measure of our performance to gain insight into our operating performance. We believe that the exclusion of other income in calculating Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA
margin provides management and investors a useful measure for period-to-period comparisons of our business and operating results by excluding items that management believes are not reflective of our underlying operating performance.
Accordingly, we believe that Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA margin provide useful information to investors and others in understanding and evaluating our operating results. However, our use of Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA margin
as analytical tools has limitations, and you should not consider them in isolation or as substitutes for analysis of our financial results as reported under GAAP. In addition, other companies, including companies in our industry, might
calculate Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA margin or similarly titled measures differently, which may reduce their usefulness as comparative measures.
30
Table of Contents
The following table provides our calculations of Adjusted EBITDA (in thousands):
| Year Ended March 31, | ||||||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| Consolidated | 2022 | 2021 | 2020 | |||||||||
| Net earnings | $ | 105,600 | $ | 74,397 | $ | 69,082 | ||||||
| Provision for income taxes | 41,284 | 32,509 | 26,877 | |||||||||
| Share based compensation | 7,114 | 7,167 | 7,954 | |||||||||
| Interest and financing costs | 928 | 521 | 294 | |||||||||
| Acquisition and integration expense | - | 271 | 1,676 | |||||||||
| Depreciation and amortization | 14,646 | 13,951 | 14,156 | |||||||||
| Other income (expense) | 432 | (571 | ) | (680 | ) | |||||||
| Adjusted EBITDA | $ | 170,004 | $ | 128,245 | $ | 119,359 | ||||||
| Technology Segment | ||||||||||||
| Operating income | $ | 109,000 | $ | 75,665 | $ | 62,155 | ||||||
| Depreciation and amortization | 14,535 | 13,839 | 14,016 | |||||||||
| Share based compensation | 6,890 | 6,923 | 7,699 | |||||||||
| Interest and financing costs | 928 | 521 | 294 | |||||||||
| Acquisition and integration expense | - | 271 | 1,676 | |||||||||
| Adjusted EBITDA | $ | 131,353 | $ | 97,219 | $ | 85,840 | ||||||
| Financing Segment | ||||||||||||
| Operating income | $ | 38,316 | $ | 30,670 | $ | 33,124 | ||||||
| Depreciation and amortization | 111 | 112 | 140 | |||||||||
| Share based compensation | 224 | 244 | 255 | |||||||||
| Adjusted EBITDA | $ | 38,651 | $ | 31,026 | $ | 33,519 |
| Column 1 | Column 2 |
|---|---|
| (3) | We define Adjusted gross billings as our technology segment net sales calculated in accordance with US GAAP, adjusted to exclude the costs incurred related to sales of third-party maintenance, software assurance, subscription/SaaS licenses, and services. We have provided below a reconciliation of Adjusted gross billings to technology segment net sales, which is the most directly comparable financial measure to this Non-GAAP financial measure. |
The following table provides our calculation of Adjusted gross billings (in thousands):
| Year Ended March 31, | |||||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 2022 | 2021 | 2020 | |||||||||
| Technology segment net sales | $ | 1,733,036 | $ | 1,507,954 | $ | 1,530,138 | |||||
| Costs incurred related to sales of third party maintenance, software assurance and subscription/SaaS licenses, and services | 887,578 | 755,911 | 697,747 | ||||||||
| Adjusted gross billings | $ | 2,620,614 | $ | 2,263,865 | $ | 2,227,885 |
We use Adjusted gross billings as a supplemental measure of our performance to gain insight into the volume of business generated by our technology segment, and to analyze the changes to our accounts receivable
and accounts payable. Our use of Adjusted gross billings as an analytical tool has limitations, and you should not consider them in isolation or as substitutes for analysis of our financial results as reported under US GAAP. In addition,
other companies, including companies in our industry, might calculate Adjusted gross billings or a similarly titled measure differently, which may reduce its usefulness as a comparative measure.
FINANCIAL SUMMARY
During the year ended March 31, 2022, net sales increased 16.1% to $1,821.0 million, or an increase of $252.7 million compared to $1,568.3 million in the prior fiscal year. Product sales for the year ended
March 31, 2022, increased 15.7% to $1,580.4 million, or an increase of $214.2 million compared to $1,366.2 million in the prior year. Services sales during the year ended March 31, 2022, increased 19.0% to $240.6 million, or an increase of
$38.5 million, over prior year services sales of $202.2 million. The increase in net sales was driven by higher product and service revenues along with higher proceeds from sales of leased equipment. We had increases in net sales to customers
in the telecom, media and entertainment, healthcare, and smaller other categories of customers, which were offset by a decrease in net sales to customers in the financial services industry, during the year ended March 31, 2022, compared to
the prior year.
31
Table of Contents
Adjusted gross billings increased by 15.8%, or $356.7 million, to $2,620.6 million for the year ended March 31, 2022, compared to $2,263.9 million in the prior fiscal year. The increase in Adjusted gross
billings was due to higher demand from our current customers, as well as from our acquisitions. Adjusted gross billings increased year over year at a faster rate than net sales due to a shift in mix to a higher proportion of third-party
maintenance, software assurance, subscriptions/SaaS licenses, and services which we recognize revenue on a net basis.
Consolidated gross profit increased 17.1%, to $461.0 million, compared to $393.6 million in the prior fiscal year due to higher margins. Consolidated gross margin increased 20 basis points to 25.3% for the year
ended March 31, 2022, compared to 25.1% for the year ended March 31, 2021. The increase in gross margin was due to expanded gross profit and margins of our technology segment, due to a shift in revenue mix resulting from our continued focus
on value added services for our customers, including the increase in sales of our professional and managed services, and sales of third-party maintenance agreements, software assurance, subscriptions/SaaS licenses, and services. The increase
in gross margin was partially offset by lower margins in our finance segment due to gains on several large transactions in the prior year.
For the year ended March 31, 2022, operating expenses increased $26.4 million, or 9.2%, to $313.7 million, as compared to $287.2 million in the prior year. The increase in operating expenses for the year ended
March 31, 2022, was mainly driven by increased selling, general, and administrative costs with a slight increase in depreciation and amortization expense.
Selling, general, and administrative expense for the year ended March 31, 2022, increased $25.9 million, or 9.5%, to $297.1 million, mainly driven by an increase in salary and fringe benefits, slightly offset
by a decrease in our reserve for credit losses. As of March 31, 2022, we had 1,577 employees, an increase of 1.1% from 1,560 as of March 31, 2021. Depreciation and amortization expense increased by $0.7 million and interest and financing
costs decreased $0.1 million, due to a decrease in the average balance of non-recourse and recourse notes payable outstanding during the year.
Operating income increased $41.0 million, or 38.5%, to $147.3 million and operating margin increased by 130 basis points to 8.1%, as compared to the year ended March 31, 2021. The increase in operating income
was due to a year over increase in gross profit offset by an increase in selling, general, and administrative expense.
Our effective income tax rate for the year ended March 31, 2022, was 28.1%, compared to 30.4% for the prior year. The decrease in our effective income tax rate year over year is primarily due to prior year unfavorable adjustments to the
federal benefit from state taxes and non-deductible executive compensation.
Net earnings for the year ended March 31, 2022, increased 41.9% to $105.6 million, as compared to $74.4 million for the year ended March 31, 2021.
Adjusted EBITDA for the year ended March 31, 2022, was $170.0 million, an increase of $41.8 million, or 32.6%, compared to the prior year. Adjusted EBITDA margin was 9.3% for the year ended March 31, 2022, an
increase of 110 basis points over the prior year.
For the year ended March 31, 2022, diluted earnings per share were $3.93, an increase of $1.16, or 41.9%, compared to the prior year of $2.77 per diluted share. Non-GAAP diluted earnings per share was $4.39 for
fiscal year 2022, an increase of $1.20, or 37.6%, from $3.19 per diluted share in the prior year.
Cash and cash equivalents increased $25.8 million, or 19.9%, to $155.4 million as of March 31, 2022, compared to March 31, 2021. We increased our cash balance through earnings, which was partially offset by an increase in working capital required for the growth in our technology
segment, an increase in our cash conversion cycle, and the repurchase of shares of our common stock of $13.6 million. Our cash on hand, funds generated from operations, amounts available under our credit facility and the possible
monetization of our investment portfolio have provided sufficient liquidity for our business.
SEGMENT OVERVIEW
Our operations are conducted through two segments: technology and financing.
32
Table of Contents
Technology Segment
The technology segment derives revenue from sales of product, project-related advanced professional services, managed services, and staff augmentation. The technology segment sells primarily to corporate
customers, state and local governments, and higher education institutions on a nationwide basis, with geographic concentrations relating to our physical locations. The technology segment also provides internet-based business-to-business
supply chain management solutions for information technology products.
Customers who purchase IT equipment and services from us may have a customer master agreement (“CMA”) with our company, which stipulates the terms and conditions of the relationship. Some CMAs contain pricing
arrangements, and most contain mutual voluntary termination clauses. Our other customers place orders using purchase orders without a CMA in place or with other documentation customary for the business. Often, our work with state and local
governments is based on public bids and our written bid responses. Our service engagements are generally governed by statements of work and are primarily fixed price (with allowance for changes); however, some service agreements are based on
time and materials.
We endeavor to minimize the cost of sales through incentive programs provided by vendors and distributors. The programs we qualify for are generally set by our reseller authorization level with the vendor. The
authorization level we achieve and maintain governs the types of products we can resell as well as such items as variable discounts applied against the list price, funds provided for the marketing of these products and other special
promotions. These authorization levels are achieved by us through purchase volume, certifications held by sales executives or engineers and/or contractual commitments by us. The authorization levels are costly to maintain, and these programs
continually change and, therefore, there is no guarantee of future reductions of costs provided by these vendor consideration programs.
Financing Segment
Our financing segment offers financing solutions to corporations, governmental entities, and educational institutions nationwide and in Canada, the UK, and several other European countries. The financing segment derives revenue from
leasing IT, medical equipment and other equipment, and the disposition of that equipment at the end of the lease. The financing segment also derives revenues from the financing of third-party software licenses, software assurance,
maintenance, and other services.
Financing revenue generally falls into the following three categories:
| Column 1 | Column 2 | Column 3 |
|---|---|---|
| • | Portfolio income: Interest income from financing receivables and rents due under operating leases; |
| Column 1 | Column 2 | Column 3 |
|---|---|---|
| • | Transactional gains: Net gains or losses on the sale of financial assets; and |
| Column 1 | Column 2 | Column 3 |
|---|---|---|
| • | Post-contract earnings: Month-to-month rents; early termination, prepayment, make-whole or buyout fees; and the sale of off-lease (used) equipment. |
We also recognize revenue from events that occur after the initial sale of a financial asset and remarketing fees from certain residual value investments.
We are implementing a new cloud-based lease accounting application which will provide us with a platform for scalable growth, eliminate inefficient processes, and allow us to retire several legacy applications.
CRITICAL ACCOUNTING ESTIMATES
Our consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with US GAAP. Our significant accounting policies are
described in Note 1 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements under
“Organization and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies.” The accounting policies described below are significantly affected by critical accounting estimates. Such accounting policies require significant judgments, assumptions, and
estimates, and actual results could differ materially from the amounts reported based on these policies.
REVENUE RECOGNITION — When we enter contracts with customers, we are required to identify the performance obligations in the contract. We recognize most of our revenues from the sales of third-party products,
third-party software, third-party maintenance, software support, and services, ePlus professional and managed services, and hosting ePlus proprietary
software. Our recognition of revenue differs for each of these different types of performance obligations and identifying each performance obligation appropriately may require judgment.
When a contract contains multiple distinct performance obligations, we allocate the transaction price to each performance obligation based on its relative standalone selling price. We determine standalone
selling prices using expected cost-plus margin. When we finance sales of third-party software and third-party maintenance, software support, and services, we reduce the transaction price by the financing component.
33
Table of Contents
We recognize revenue from sales of third-party products and third-party software at the point in time that control passes to the customer, which is typically upon delivery of the product to the customer. We
perform an analysis to estimate the amount of sales in-transit at the end of the period and adjust revenue and the related costs to reflect only what has been delivered to the customer. This analysis is based upon an analysis of current
quarter and historical delivery dates.
We recognize revenue from sales of third-party maintenance, software support, and services when our customer and vendor accept the terms and conditions of the arrangement. On occasion, judgment is required to
determine this point in time.
We provide ePlus professional services under both time and materials and fixed price contracts. When services are provided on a time and materials basis, we recognize
sales at agreed-upon billing rates as services are performed. When services are provided on a fixed fee basis, we recognize sales over time in proportion to our progress toward complete satisfaction of the performance obligation. Using this
method requires a determination of the appropriate input or output method to measure progress. We most often measure progress based on costs incurred in proportion to total estimated costs, commonly referred to as the “cost-to-cost” method.
When using this method, significant judgment may be required to estimate the total costs to complete the performance obligation. We typically recognize sales of ePlus managed services on a
straight-line basis over the period services are provided.
We recognize financing revenues from our investments in leases and notes receivable. We recognize interest income on our notes-receivable using the effective interest method.
We classify our leases as either sales-type leases or operating leases. For sales-type leases, upon lease commencement, we recognize the present value of the lease payments and the residual asset discounted
using the rate implicit in the lease. When we are financing equipment provided by another dealer, we typically do not have any selling profit or loss arising from the lease. When we are the dealer of the equipment being leased, we typically
recognize revenue in the amount of the lease receivable and cost of sales in the amount of the carrying value of the underlying asset minus the unguaranteed residual asset. We may need to use judgment to determine the fair value of the
equipment. After the commencement date, we recognize interest income as part of net sales using the effective interest method. For operating leases, we recognize the underlying asset as an operating lease asset. We depreciate the asset on a
straight-line basis to its estimated residual value over its estimated useful life. We recognize the lease payments over the lease term on a straight-line basis as part of net sales.
We account for the transfer of financial assets as sales or secured borrowings. When a transfer meets all the requirements for sale accounting, we derecognize the financial asset and record a net gain or loss
that is included in net sales. We utilize qualified attorneys to provide a true-sale-at-law opinion to support the conclusion that transferred financial assets have been legally isolated.
RESIDUAL ASSETS — Our estimate for the residual asset in a lease is the amount we expect to derive from the underlying asset following the end of the lease term. Our estimates vary, both in amount and as a
percentage of the original equipment cost, and depend upon several factors, including the equipment type, vendor’s discount, market conditions, lease term, equipment supply and demand, and new product announcements by vendors. We evaluate
residual values for impairment on a quarterly basis. We do not recognize upward adjustments due to changes in estimates of residual values.
GOODWILL — We test goodwill for impairment on an annual basis, as of October 1, and between annual tests if an event occurs, or circumstances change, that would more likely than not reduce the fair value of a
reporting unit below its carrying amount. Goodwill is tested for impairment at a level of reporting referred to as a reporting unit.
In a qualitative assessment, we assess qualitative factors to determine whether it is more likely than not (that is, a likelihood of more than 50 percent) that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than
its carrying amount, including goodwill. A significant amount of judgment is involved in determining if an event representing an indicator of impairment has occurred between annual test dates. Such indicators may include: a significant
decline in expected future cash flows; a sustained, significant decline in stock price and market capitalization; a significant adverse change in legal factors or in the business climate; unanticipated competition; the testing for
recoverability of a significant asset group within a reporting unit; and reductions in revenue or profitability growth rates.
In the quantitative impairment test, we compare the fair value of a reporting unit with its carrying amount, including goodwill. We estimate the fair value of each reporting unit using a combination of the
income approach and market approaches.
34
Table of Contents
The income approach incorporates the use of a discounted cash flow method in which the estimated future cash flows and terminal values for each reporting unit are discounted to a present value using a
discount rate. Cash flow projections are based on management’s estimates of economic and market conditions which drive key assumptions of revenue growth rates, operating margins, capital expenditures and working capital requirements. The
discount rate in turn is based on the specific risk characteristics of each reporting unit, the weighted average cost of capital and its underlying forecast.
The market approach estimates fair value by applying performance metric multiples to the reporting unit’s prior and expected operating performance. The multiples are derived from comparable publicly traded
companies with similar operating and investment characteristics as the reporting unit.
The fair values determined by the market approach and income approach, as described above, are weighted to determine the fair value for each reporting unit. Although we have consistently used the same methods
in developing the assumptions and estimates underlying the fair value calculations, such estimates are uncertain and may vary from actual results.
VENDOR CONSIDERATION — We receive payments and credits from vendors and distributors, including consideration pursuant to volume incentive programs, and shared marketing expense programs. Many of these
programs extend over one or more quarters’ sales activities. Different programs have different vendor/program specific goals to achieve. We recognize the rebates pursuant to volume incentive programs, when the rebate is probable and
reasonably estimable, based on a systematic and rational allocation of the cash consideration offered to each of the underlying transactions that results in our progress towards earning the rebate. Should our actual performance be different
from our estimates, we may be required to adjust our receivables.
ALLOWANCE FOR CREDIT LOSSES — We maintain an allowance for credit losses related to our accounts receivable and financing receivables. We measure expected credit losses on a collective (pool) basis when
similar risk characteristics exist. Prior to providing credit, we assign an internal rating for each customer’s credit quality based on the customer’s financial status, rating agency reports and other financial information. We review our
internal ratings for each customer at least annually or when there is an indicator of a change in credit quality, such as a delinquency or bankruptcy. We estimate a loss rate for each pool using the historical loss rate as a basis and
adjust for differences in asset specific risk and current conditions. Since the onset of the COVID-19 pandemic, we have measured our allowance using higher than historical loss rates to reflect forecasted credit deterioration. Should our
actual credit losses be different from our estimates, this will result in adjustments to credit losses that could adversely affect our operating results.
INCOME TAXES — We make certain estimates and judgments in determining income tax expense for financial statement reporting purposes. These estimates and judgments occur in the calculation of certain tax
assets and liabilities, which principally arise from differences in the timing of recognition of revenue and expense for tax and financial statement reporting purposes. We also must analyze income tax reserves, as well as determine the
likelihood of recoverability of deferred tax assets and adjust any valuation allowances accordingly.
Considerations with respect to the recoverability of deferred tax assets include the period of expiration of the tax asset, planned use of the tax asset, and historical and projected taxable income as well as
tax liabilities for the tax jurisdiction to which the tax asset relates. Valuation allowances are evaluated periodically and will be subject to change in each future reporting period as a result of changes in one or more of these factors.
The calculation of our tax liabilities also involves considering uncertainties in the application of complex tax regulations. We recognize liabilities for uncertain income tax positions based on our estimate of whether, and the extent to
which, additional taxes will be required.
BUSINESS COMBINATIONS — We account for business combinations using the acquisition method. For each acquisition, we recognize most assets acquired, and liabilities assumed at their fair values at the
acquisition date. Our valuations of certain assets acquired, including customer relationships and trade names, and certain liabilities assumed, such as performance obligations, involve significant judgment and estimation. Additionally, our
determination of the purchase price may include an estimate for the fair value of contingent consideration. We utilize independent valuation specialists to assist us in determining the fair value of certain assets and liabilities. Our
valuations utilize significant estimates, such as forecasted revenues and profits. Changes in our estimates could significantly impact the value of certain assets and liabilities.
35
Table of Contents
RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
The Year Ended March 31, 2022, Compared to the Year Ended March 31, 2021
TECHNOLOGY SEGMENT
The results of operations for our technology segment for the years ended March 31, 2022, and 2021 were as follows (in thousands):
| Year Ended March 31, | Change | |||||||||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 2022 | 2021 | |||||||||||||||
| Net sales | ||||||||||||||||
| Product | $ | 1,492,411 | $ | 1,305,789 | $ | 186,622 | 14.3 | % | ||||||||
| Services | 240,625 | 202,165 | 38,460 | 19.0 | % | |||||||||||
| Total | 1,733,036 | 1,507,954 | 225,082 | 14.9 | % | |||||||||||
| Cost of sales | ||||||||||||||||
| Product | 1,175,789 | 1,036,627 | 139,162 | 13.4 | % | |||||||||||
| Services | 149,094 | 125,092 | 24,002 | 19.2 | % | |||||||||||
| Total | 1,324,883 | 1,161,719 | 163,164 | 14.0 | % | |||||||||||
| Gross profit | 408,153 | 346,235 | 61,918 | 17.9 | % | |||||||||||
| Selling, general, and administrative | 283,690 | 256,210 | 27,480 | 10.7 | % | |||||||||||
| Depreciation and amortization | 14,535 | 13,839 | 696 | 5.0 | % | |||||||||||
| Interest and financing costs | 928 | 521 | 407 | 78.1 | % | |||||||||||
| Operating expenses | 299,153 | 270,570 | 28,583 | 10.6 | % | |||||||||||
| Operating income | $ | 109,000 | $ | 75,665 | $ | 33,335 | 44.1 | % | ||||||||
| Adjusted gross billings | $ | 2,620,614 | $ | 2,263,865 | $ | 356,749 | 15.8 | % | ||||||||
| Adjusted EBITDA | $ | 131,353 | $ | 97,219 | $ | 34,134 | 35.1 | % |
Net sales: Net sales for the year ended March 31, 2022, increased by $225.1 million, or 14.9%, to $1,733.0 million due to an
increase in net sales to our customers in telecom, media and entertainment, healthcare, and smaller other categories of customers, which were offset by a decrease in net sales to customers in the financial services sector. Product sales
increased 14.3%, or $186.6 million, to $1,492.4 million and services revenues increased 19.0%, or $38.5 million, to $240.6 million due to an increase in professional services for the year ended March 31, 2022, as compared to the prior year.
Adjusted gross billings increased to $2,620.6 million, or 15.8%, from $2,263.9 million in the prior year. The increase in Adjusted
gross billings was due to an increase in organic demand from our customers in the telecom, media and entertainment, healthcare, and smaller other categories of customers, and our acquisition of Systems Management and Planning, Inc. (“SMP”) in December 2020.
We analyze sales by customer end market and by manufacturer. The percentage of net sales by customer end market and by vendor are summarized below:
| Year Ended March 31, | Change | |||||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| Net sales by customer end market: | 2022 | 2021 | ||||||||||
| Telecom, Media & Entertainment | 29 | % | 25 | % | 4 | % | ||||||
| Healthcare | 16 | % | 13 | % | 3 | % | ||||||
| Technology | 14 | % | 17 | % | (3 | %) | ||||||
| SLED | 14 | % | 16 | % | (2 | %) | ||||||
| Financial Services | 9 | % | 13 | % | (4 | %) | ||||||
| All others | 18 | % | 16 | % | 2 | % | ||||||
| Total | 100 | % | 100 | % |
36
Table of Contents
| Year Ended March 31, | Change | |||||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| Net sales by vendor: | 2022 | 2021 | ||||||||||
| Cisco Systems | 39 | % | 36 | % | 3 | % | ||||||
| Dell EMC | 9 | % | 7 | % | 2 | % | ||||||
| Juniper Networks | 5 | % | 6 | % | (1 | %) | ||||||
| NetApp | 5 | % | 4 | % | 1 | % | ||||||
| HP Inc. & HPE | 3 | % | 4 | % | (1 | %) | ||||||
| Arista Networks | 3 | % | 3 | % | 0 | % | ||||||
| All others | 36 | % | 40 | % | (4 | %) | ||||||
| Total | 100 | % | 100 | % |
Our revenues by customer end market have remained consistent over the prior year, with over 80% of our sales being generated from
customers within the five end markets specified above. For the fiscal year ended March 31, 2022, we had an increase in the percentage total revenues from customers in telecom, media and
entertainment, and healthcare industries, while we had decreases in the percentage of total revenues in the financial service, technology, and SLED industries. These changes were driven by changes in customer buying cycles, and the timing
of specific IT related initiatives, rather than the acquisition or loss of a customer or set of customers.
The majority of our revenues by vendor are derived from our top six suppliers, which, when combined, is a fairly constant percentage of 60% or more of total revenues for the twelve-month periods ended March 31,
2022, and 2021.
Cost of sales: The 14.0% increase in cost of sales was due to the increase in product sales and a change in product sales
mix, with a greater portion from sales of third-party maintenance, software assurance, subscription/SaaS licenses, and services, for which the revenues and cost of sales are presented on a net basis, and with a greater portion from services
revenue, for which we have higher profit margins.
Gross profit: Gross profit increased 17.9%, to $408.2 million, compared to $346.2 million in the prior fiscal year due to
higher margins. Gross margin on product sales increased 60 basis points to 21.2% due a shift in product mix to a greater proportion of sales of third-party maintenance, software assurance, subscription/SaaS licenses, and services. The gross
margin on services decreased 10 basis points to 38.0%. for the year ended March 31, 2022, due to a slight decrease in professional services gross margin, as compared to the prior year. Vendor incentives earned as a percentage of sales for
the year ended March 31, 2022 increased by 20 basis points, which has a positive effect on gross margin, as compared to the prior year.
Selling, general, and administrative expenses: Selling, general, and administrative expenses of $283.7 million for the year
ended March 31, 2022, increased by $27.5 million, or 10.7% compared to the prior year, mainly driven by an increase in salaries and benefits.
Salaries and benefits, including variable compensation, increased $24.1 million or 10.9% to $245.9 million, compared to $221.8 million during the prior year, due to higher variable compensation a result of the
increase in gross profit. Our technology segment had 1,543 employees as of March 31, 2022, which is an increase of 17, or 1.1%, from 1,526 on March 31, 2021.
General and administrative expenses, increased $3.8 million, or 11.1%, to $37.6 million during the year ended March 31, 2022, compared to $33.9 million the prior year. Contributing to the year over year
increase in general and administrative expense were increases in travel and entertainment, and software, subscription, and maintenance expenses.
Depreciation and amortization expense: Depreciation and amortization expense increased $0.7 million, or 5.0%, to $14.5 million during the fiscal year ended March 31, 2022, compared to $13.8 million in the prior year.
Interest and financing costs: Interest and financing costs were $0.9 million for the year ended March 31, 2022, compared to
$0.5 million in the prior year.
Segment earnings: As a result of the foregoing, operating income increased $33.3 million, or 44.1%, to $109.0 million for the
year ended March 31, 2022, compared to $75.7 million in the prior year and Adjusted EBITDA increased 35.1% to $131.4 million for the year ended March 31, 2022, compared to $97.2 million in the prior year.
37
Table of Contents
FINANCING SEGMENT
The results of operations for our financing segment for the years ended March 31, 2022, and 2021 were as follows (in thousands):
| Year Ended March 31, | Change | |||||||||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 2022 | 2021 | |||||||||||||||
| Net sales | $ | 87,983 | $ | 60,369 | $ | 27,614 | 45.7 | % | ||||||||
| Cost of sales | 35,154 | 13,050 | 22,104 | 169.4 | % | |||||||||||
| Gross profit | 52,829 | 47,319 | 5,510 | 11.6 | % | |||||||||||
| Selling, general, and administrative | 13,427 | 15,053 | (1,626 | ) | (10.8 | %) | ||||||||||
| Depreciation and amortization | 111 | 112 | (1 | ) | (0.9 | %) | ||||||||||
| Interest and financing costs | 975 | 1,484 | (509 | ) | (34.3 | %) | ||||||||||
| Operating expenses | 14,513 | 16,649 | (2,136 | ) | (12.8 | %) | ||||||||||
| Operating income | $ | 38,316 | $ | 30,670 | $ | 7,646 | 24.9 | % | ||||||||
| Adjusted EBITDA | $ | 38,651 | $ | 31,026 | $ | 7,625 | 24.6 | % |
Net sales: Net sales increased by $27.6 million, or 45.7%, to $88.0
million for the year ended March 31, 2022. The increase was due to higher post contract and portfolio revenue offset slightly by a decrease in other financing revenues. Post-contract revenue increased by
$26.7 million to $50.5 million as compared to $23.8 million in the prior year due to proceeds from early lease buyouts and sales of off-lease equipment. Portfolio revenue increased $1.3 million to $17.8 million, due to increases
in operating lease income offset by decreased sales-type lease earnings over the prior fiscal year. Other financing revenues decreased $4.1 million to $1.5 million, compared to the prior year primarily
due to lower profit recognized from signing new lease extensions with customers where the prior lease was classified as an operating lease and the new modified lease was determined to be sales-type lease. Transactional gains increased
$3.7 million to $18.2 million compared to the prior year driven by higher net gains on sale of notes receivable. Total proceeds from sales of financing receivables were $855.1 million and $364.0 million for the years ended March
31, 2022, and 2021, respectively.
Cost of sales: Cost of sales increased 169.4%, or $22.1 million, to $35.2 million for the year ended March 31,
2022, as compared to the prior year, due to an increase in the cost of equipment from early lease buyouts and sales of off-lease equipment of $18.2 million and an increase in operating lease depreciation of $3.7 million. Gross profit increased 11.6%, or $5.5 million, to $52.8 million primarily due to gains on several significant transactions.
Selling, general, and administrative expenses: Selling, general, and administrative expenses were $13.4 million and $15.1 million for years ended March 31, 2022, and 2021, respectively. This decrease of $1.6 million was driven by a reduction in
our reserve for credit losses, and salaries and benefits. Our financing segment employed 34 people as of March 31, 2022 and 2021. Certain support functions for the financing segment are shared resources with the technology segment.
Interest and financing costs: Interest and financing costs decreased by $0.5 million, or 34.3%, to $1.0 million for the year
ended March 31, 2022, as compared to the prior year. Our total notes payable for the financing segment decreased as of March 31, 2022, to $21.2 million from $56.1 million for the prior year. Our weighted average interest rate for our
non-recourse notes payable was 3.59% as of March 31, 2022, compared to 3.35% for March 31, 2021.
Segment earnings: As a result of the foregoing, operating income increased $7.6 million, or 24.9%, to $38.3 million for the
year ended March 31, 2022, as compared to the prior year. Adjusted EBITDA increased $7.6 million, or 24.6%, to $38.7 million for the year ended March 31, 2022, as compared to the prior year.
CONSOLIDATED
Other income: Other income and expense during the year ended March 31,
2022, netted to an expense of $0.4 million and included foreign exchange rate loss of $0.5 million. Other income and expense during the year ended March 31, 2021, was income of $0.6 million and included foreign exchange rate gain of $0.5 million and interest income of $0.1 million.
Income taxes: Our effective income tax rates for the years ended March 31, 2022, and 2021 were 28.1% and 30.4%, respectively.
The decrease in our effective income tax rate year over year is primarily due to prior year unfavorable adjustments to the federal benefit from state taxes and non-deductible executive compensation.
38
Table of Contents
Net earnings: Net earnings were $105.6 million for the year ended March 31, 2022, an increase of 41.9% or $31.2 million as
compared to $74.4 million in the prior fiscal year. The net earnings increase was due primarily to the increase in operating profits from our technology segment, and a lower income tax rate in the current year compared to the year ended
March 31, 2021.
Basic and fully diluted earnings per common share for the year ended March 31, 2022, were $3.96 and $3.93, respectively, and both increased 41.9% over the prior year. Basic and fully diluted earnings per common
share were $2.79 and $2.77, respectively, for the year ended March 31, 2021.
Weighted average common shares outstanding used in the calculation of basic and diluted earnings per common share were 26.6 million and 26.9 million, respectively, for year ended March 31, 2022. Weighted
average common shares outstanding used in the calculation of basic and diluted earnings per common share were 26.7 million and 26.8 million, respectively, for year ended and March 31, 2021.
LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES
LIQUIDITY OVERVIEW
We finance our operations through funds generated from operations and through borrowings. We use those funds to meet our capital requirements, which have historically consisted primarily of working capital for
operational needs, capital expenditures, purchases of equipment for lease, payments of principal and interest on indebtedness outstanding, acquisitions and the repurchase of shares of our common stock.
Our borrowings in our technology segment are through our WFCDF credit facility. Our borrowings in our financing segment are primarily through secured borrowings that involve transferring all or part of the
contractual payments due to us to third-party financing institutions.
We believe that cash on hand and funds generated from operations, together with available credit under our credit facility, will be enough to finance our working capital, capital expenditures, and other
requirements for at least the next year.
Our ability to continue to expand, both organically and through acquisitions, is dependent upon our ability to generate enough cash flow from operations or from borrowing or other sources of financing as may be
required. While at this time we do not anticipate requiring any additional sources of financing to fund operations, if demand for IT products declines, or if our supply of products is delayed or interrupted, our cash flows from operations may
be substantially affected.
CASH FLOWS
The following table summarizes our sources and uses of cash for the years ended March 31, 2022, and 2021 (in thousands):
| Year Ended March 31, | ||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 2022 | 2021 | |||||||
| Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities | $ | (20,571 | ) | $ | 129,507 | |||
| Net cash used in investing activities | (1,259 | ) | (35,756 | ) | ||||
| Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities | 47,176 | (49,802 | ) | |||||
| Effect of exchange rate changes on cash | 470 | (618 | ) | |||||
| Net increase in cash and cash equivalents | $ | 25,816 | $ | 43,331 |
Cash flows from operating activities
Our operating activities used $20.6 million during the year ended March 31, 2022, compared to providing $129.5 million during the year ended March 31, 2021. The following table provides a breakdown of operating
cash flows by segment for the years end March 31, 2022, and 2021 (in thousands):
39
Table of Contents
| Year Ended March 31, | ||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 2022 | 2021 | |||||||
| Technology segment | $ | (20,243 | ) | $ | 153,332 | |||
| Financing segment | (328 | ) | (23,825 | ) | ||||
| Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities | $ | (20,571 | ) | $ | 129,507 |
Technology Segment: During the year ended March 31, 2022,
operating cash flows used by our technology segment were $20.2 million due to increases in working capital, primarily increases in inventories and accounts receivable, offset by earnings. Cash provided by the accounts payable – floor plan
facility was $46.7 million. The accounts payable – floor plan is a facility used to manage working capital needs and we are required to present changes in this balance as financing activity in our consolidated statement of cash flows.
During the year ended March 31, 2021, operating cash flows provided by our technology segment were $153.3 million due to cash
generated from earnings and changes in working capital. In addition, cash used by the accounts payable – floor plan facility was $34.4 million.
To manage our working capital, we monitor our cash conversion cycle for our technology segment, which is defined as days sales outstanding (“DSO”) in accounts receivable plus days of supply in inventory (“DIO”)
minus days of purchases outstanding in accounts payable (“DPO”). The following table presents the components of the cash conversion cycle for our Technology segment:
| As of March 31, | ||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 2022 | 2021 | |||||||
| (DSO) Days sales outstanding (1) | 69 | 69 | ||||||
| (DIO) Days inventory outstanding (2) | 25 | 15 | ||||||
| (DPO) Days payable outstanding (3) | (46 | ) | (47 | ) | ||||
| Cash conversion cycle | 48 | 37 |
| Column 1 | Column 2 |
|---|---|
| (1) | Represents the rolling three-month average of the balance of trade accounts receivable-trade, net for our Technology segment at the end of the period divided by Adjusted gross billings for the same three-month period. |
| Column 1 | Column 2 |
|---|---|
| (2) | Represents the rolling three-month average of the balance of inventory, net for our Technology segment at the end of the period divided by cost of Adjusted gross billings for the same three-month period. |
| Column 1 | Column 2 |
|---|---|
| (3) | Represents the rolling three-month average of the combined balance of accounts payable-trade and accounts payable-floor plan for our Technology segment at the end of the period divided by cost of Adjusted gross billings, product, and services for the same three-month period. |
Our standard payment term for customers is between 30-60 days; however, certain customers or orders may be approved for extended payment terms. Our DSOs for the quarters ended March 31, 2022 and 2021 were greater than our standard payment
terms primarily due to a significant proportion of sales in those quarters to customers with payment terms greater than or equal to net 60 days. Invoices processed through our credit facility, or the A/P-floor plan balance, are typically paid
within 45-60 days from the invoice date, while A/P trade invoices are typically paid within 30 days from the invoice date.
Our cash conversion cycle increased to 48 days for March 31, 2022 compared to 37 days for March 31, 2021 as DIO increased by 10 days and DPO decreased by 1 day from March 31, 2021 to March 2022.
Inventory, which represents equipment ordered by customers but not yet delivered, increased 121.6% to $155.1 million as of March 31, 2022, up from $70.0 million as of March 31, 2021, partially due to ongoing projects with customers.
Financing Segment: During the year ended March 31, 2022,
our financing segment used $0.3 million from operating activities, primarily due to an increase in accounts receivable and deferred costs and decreases in accounts payable, partially offset by net earnings.
During the year ended March 31, 2021, our financing segment used $23.8 million from operating activities, primarily due to the issuance of new financing receivables.
40
Table of Contents
Cash flows related to investing activities
During the year ended March 31, 2022, we used $1.3 million from investing activities, consisting of $23.2 million for purchases of property, equipment, and operating lease equipment, partially offset by $21.9
million of proceeds from the sale of property, equipment, and operating lease equipment.
During the year ended March 31, 2021, we used $35.8 million from investing activities, consisting of $27.0 million for our acquisition of SMP and $11.5 million for purchases of property, equipment, and
operating lease equipment, and partially offset by $2.8 million of proceeds from the sale of property, equipment, and operating lease equipment.
Cash flows from financing activities
During the year ended March 31, 2022, financing activities provided $47.2 million. We had net repayments of notes payable in our technology segment of $6.7 million, offset by net borrowings of notes payable of
$20.8 million by our financing segment. Additionally, we had cash inflows of $46.7 million from net borrowings on the floor plan facility and cash outflows of $13.6 million from the repurchase of common stock.
During the year ended March 31, 2021, we used $49.8 million from financing activities. We had net repayments on the accounts receivable component of our credit facility of $35.0 million, partially offset by net
borrowings of non-recourse and recourse notes payable of $27.1 million by our financing segment. Contributing to cash outflows was net repayments on floor plan facility of $34.4 million, repurchase of common stock of $6.9 million, and
payments to payoff contingent consideration agreements and hold backs from prior fiscal year acquisitions of $0.6 million.
Our borrowing of non-recourse and recourse notes payable primarily arises from our financing segment when we transfer contractual payments due to us under financing agreements to third-party financial
institutions. When the transfers do not meet the requirements for a sale, the proceeds paid to us represent borrowings of non-recourse and recourse notes payable.
Non-Cash Activities
We transfer contractual payments due to us under lease and financing agreements to third-party financial institutions. As a condition of these agreements, certain financial institutions may request that the
customer remit their contractual payments to a trust, rather than to us, and the trust pays the financial institution. Alternatively, the customer will make payments to us, and we will remit the payment to the financial institution. The
economic impact to us under either structure is similar, in that the assigned contractual payments are paid by the customer and remitted to the lender. However, when our customer makes payments through a trust, such payments represent
non-cash transactions. Also, in certain assignment agreements, we may direct the third-party financial institution to pay some of the proceeds from the assignment directly to the vendor or vendors that have supplied the assets being leased
and or financed. In these situations, the portion of the proceeds paid directly to our vendors are non-cash transactions.
SECURED BORROWINGS – FINANCING SEGMENT
We may finance all or most of the cost of the assets that we finance for customers by transferring all or part of the contractual payments due to us to third-party financing institutions. When we account for the transfer as a secured
borrowing, we recognize the proceeds as either recourse or non-recourse notes payable. Our customers are responsible for repaying the debt from a secured borrowing. The lender typically secures a lien on the financed assets at the time the
financial assets are transferred and releases it upon collecting all the transferred payments. We are not liable for the repayment of non-recourse loans unless we breach our representations and warranties in the loan agreements. The lender
assumes the credit risk and their only recourse, upon default by the customer, is against the customer and the specific equipment under lease. While we expect that the credit quality of our financing arrangements and our residual return
history will continue to allow us to obtain such financing, such financing may not be available on acceptable terms, or at all. As a result of COVID-19, credit markets have tightened. Our lenders are more discerning and are taking longer to
approve transactions. In addition, certain lenders have narrowed their demand to certain types of transactions and/or credit quality and excluding others. For example, some lenders have declined transactions that have longer terms or
transactions with certain market segments. Therefore, we may no longer be able to transfer certain receivables to financial institutions which may result in investing our capital or declining the transaction. In addition, interest rates have
been rising. In order to preserve our expected internal rate of return, we generally quote rates that are indexed. Some of our lenders will not commit to rates for a length of time, resulting in exposure to us if the rates rise and we cannot
pass such exposure to the customer.
41
Table of Contents
CREDIT FACILITY – TECHNOLOGY SEGMENT
We finance the operations of our subsidiaries ePlus Technology, inc., ePlus Technology Services, inc. and SLAIT Consulting,
LLC (collectively, the “Borrowers”) in our technology segment through a credit facility with WFCDF. The WFCDF credit facility has a floor plan facility and a revolving credit facility.
On October 13, 2021, the Borrowers amended, restated, and replaced in their entirety the then-existing credit agreements with WFCDF. The new credit facility is established by a syndicate of banks for which
WFCDF acts as administrative agent and consists of a discretionary senior secured floorplan facility in favor of the Borrowers in the aggregate principal amount of up to $375 million, together with a sublimit for a revolving credit facility
for up to $100 million (collectively, the “2021 Credit Facility”).
Please refer to Note 8 “Credit Facility and Notes Payable” to the accompanying Consolidated Financial Statements included in “Part I, Item 1. Financial Statements” for additional information concerning our 2021 Credit
Facility.
The loss of the 2021 Credit Facility could have a material adverse effect on our future results as we currently rely on this facility and its components for daily working capital and liquidity for our
technology segment and as an operational function of our accounts payable process.
Floor plan facility
We finance most purchases of products for sale to our customers through the floor plan facility. Once our customer places a purchase order with us and we have approved their credit, we place an order for
the desired products with one of our vendors. Our vendors are generally paid by the floor plan facility and our liability is reflected in “accounts payable—floor plan” in our consolidated balance sheets.
Most customer payments to us are remitted to our lockbox accounts. Once payments are cleared, the monies in the lockbox accounts are
automatically and daily transferred to our operating account. We pay down the floor plan facility on three specified dates each month, generally 30-60 days from the invoice date. Our borrowings and repayments under the floor plan component are included in “net borrowings (repayments) on floor plan facility” within cash flows from the financing activities in our consolidated statements
of cash flows.
As of March 31, 2022, and March 31, 2021, we had a maximum credit limit of $375.0 million and $275.0 million, respectively, and an outstanding balance on the floor plan facility of $145.3 million and $98.7
million, respectively. On our balance sheet, our liability under the floor plan facility is presented as part of as accounts payable – floor plan.
Revolving credit facility
The outstanding balance under the revolving credit facility is presented as part of recourse notes payable- current on our consolidated balance sheets. Our borrowings and repayments under the revolving credit facility are included in
“borrowings of non-recourse and recourse notes payable” and “repayments of non-recourse and recourse notes payable,” respectively, within cash flows from the financing activities in our consolidated statements of cash flows.
As of March 31, 2022, and March 31, 2021, we did not have any outstanding balance under the revolving credit facility. The maximum credit limit under this facility was $100.0 million as of both March 31, 2022, and March 31, 2021.
PERFORMANCE GUARANTEES
In the normal course of business, we may provide certain customers with performance guarantees, which are generally backed by surety bonds. In general, we would only be liable for these
guarantees in the event of default in the performance of our obligations. We are in compliance with the performance obligations under all service contracts for which there is a performance guarantee, and we believe that any liability incurred
in connection with these guarantees would not have a material adverse effect on our consolidated statements of operations.
OFF-BALANCE SHEET ARRANGEMENTS
As part of our ongoing business, we do not participate in transactions that generate relationships with unconsolidated entities or financial partnerships, such as entities often referred to as structured
finance or special purpose entities, which would have been established for the purpose of facilitating off-balance sheet arrangements or other contractually narrow or limited purposes. As of March 31, 2022, and 2021, we were not involved in
any unconsolidated special purpose entity transactions.
42
Table of Contents
ADEQUACY OF CAPITAL RESOURCES
The continued implementation of our business strategy will require a significant investment in both resources and managerial focus. In addition, we may selectively acquire other companies that have attractive
customer relationships and skilled sales forces. We may also start offices or configuration centers in new geographic areas, which may require a significant investment of cash. We may also acquire technology companies to expand and enhance
the platform of bundled solutions to provide additional functionality and value-added services. As a result, we may require additional financing to fund our strategy, implementation, and potential future acquisitions, which may include
additional debt and equity financing. The impacts of COVID-19 may limit or eliminate our access to capital. While the future is uncertain, we do not believe our credit facility will be terminated by the lender or us. Our lending partners in
our financial segment have tightened credit availability and are more discerning in their approval process. However, currently we have funding resources available for our transactions.
POTENTIAL FLUCTUATIONS IN QUARTERLY OPERATING RESULTS
Our future quarterly operating results and the market price of our common stock may fluctuate. In the event our revenues or earnings for any quarter are less than the level expected by
securities analysts or the market in general, such shortfall could have an immediate and significant adverse impact on the market price of our common stock. Any such adverse impact could be greater if any such shortfall occurs near the time
of any material decrease in any widely followed stock index or in the market price of the stock of one or more public equipment leasing and financing companies, IT resellers, software competitors, major customers, or vendors of ours.
Our quarterly results of operations are susceptible to fluctuations for a number of reasons, including, but not limited to the worldwide impacts from COVID-19, inflation, interest rate
increases, currency fluctuations, reduction in IT spending, any reduction of expected residual values related to the equipment under our leases, the timing and mix of specific transactions, the reduction of manufacturer incentive programs,
pricing discounts offered by manufacturers at their year ends, pricing increases, and other factors. Quarterly operating results could also fluctuate as a result of our sale of equipment in our lease portfolio at the expiration of a lease
term or prior to such expiration, to a lessee or to a third-party and the transfer of financial assets. Sales of equipment and transfers of financial assets may have the effect of increasing revenues and net income during the quarter in which
the sale occurs and reducing revenues and net income otherwise expected in subsequent quarters. See Part I, Item 1A, “Risk Factors” herein.
We believe that comparisons of quarterly results of our operations are not necessarily meaningful and that results for one quarter should not be relied upon as an indication of future performance.
CONTRACTUAL OBLIGATIONS
Our material contractual obligations consist of payments on recourse and non-recourse notes payable and lease liabilities. Please
refer to Note 4, “Lessee accounting” and Note 8, “Notes payable and credit facility” in the Notes to Consolidated Financial
Statements included in Part II, Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K for additional information regarding the maturities of these obligations. Additionally, we have contractual obligations of $7.8
million over the next 5 years for certain hosted software and data center services.